SEPARATE ACCOUNT D GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE CO
N-3, 1995-05-11
Previous: FIRST TRUST SPEC SIT TR SER 39 FIRST TR INS CORP TR SER 6, 24F-2NT, 1995-05-11
Next: SEPARATE ACCOUNT D GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE CO, N-3 EL, 1995-05-11



<PAGE>

      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 11, 1995

                                                    Registration Nos.   33- ____
                                                                        811-6090

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

                                    FORM N-3

                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                     and/or

                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                       THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                                Amendment No. 17
                                              --

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                           (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT)

                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                               (NAME OF DEPOSITOR)

                              1001 Jefferson Street
                              Wilmington, DE  19801
                                  302-576-3400
         (ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF DEPOSITOR'S PRINCIPAL OFFICES)

                                             COPY TO:
BERNARD R. BECKERLEGGE, ESQ.                 Stephen Roth, Esq.,
Golden American Life Insurance Company       Thomas Bisset, Esq.
280 Park Avenue, 14 West,                    Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan
New York, NY  10017                          1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR               Washington, D.C.  20004-2404
SERVICE OF PROCESS)

                                -----------------

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
   A soon as practical after the effective date of the Registration Statement

                                -----------------


                       DECLARATION PURSUANT TO RULE 24F-2
The Registrant has previously filed a declaration of indefinite registration of
its shares pursuant to Rule 24f-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.  The
Rule 24f-2 Notice for the year ended December 31,1994 was filed on February 24,
1995.

                                -----------------


THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>


                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                             Pursuant to Rule 495(a)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

PART A

N-3 Item                                                    Prospectus Heading
- - ----------------------------------------                    -----------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>

1.  Cover Page                                              Cover Page
2.  Definitions                                             Definition of Terms
3.  Synopsis                                                Summary of the Contracts
4.  Condensed Financial Information                         Condensed Financial Information
5.  General Description of Registrant                       Part I, Facts About the Company
    and Insurance Company                                   and the Accounts
6.  Management                                              Part I, Facts About the Company
                                                            and the Accounts
7.  Deductions and Expenses                                 Part I, Charges and Fees
8.  General Description of Variable                         Part I, Facts About the Contracts
    Annuity Contracts
9.  Annuity Period                                          Part I, Choosing an Income Plan
10. Death Benefit                                           Part I, Facts About the Contracts
11. Purchases and Contract Value                            Part I, Facts About the Contracts,
                                                            Charges and Fees
12. Redemptions                                             Part I, Facts About the Contracts
13. Taxes                                                   Part I, Federal Tax Considerations
                                                            Additional Considerations
14. Legal Proceedings                                       Part I, Regulatory Information
15. Table of Contents of the                                Statement of Additional Information
    Statement of Additional Information

<CAPTION>

PART B
                                                            Statement of Additional
N-3 Item                                                    Information Heading
- - ----------------------------------------                    -----------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>

15. Cover Page                                              Cover Page
16. Table of Contents                                       Table of Contents
17. General Information and History                         Description of Golden American
                                                            Life Insurance Company
19. Investment Objective and Policies                       Securities and Investment Techniques;
                                                            Investment Restrictions
20. Management                                              Account Management; The Manager
21. Investment Advisory and                                 Portfolio Manager;  The Administrator;
    Other Services                                          Custodian and Portfolio Accounting Agent;
                                                            Experts
22. Brokerage Allocation                                    Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
23. Purchase and Pricing of                                 Purchase and Pricing of the Global Account
    Securities Being Offered
24. Underwriters                                            Distribution of Contracts
25. Calculation of Performance Data                         Performance Information
26. Annuity Payments                                        Part A
27. Financial Statements                                    Financial Statements of The Managed Global
                                                            Account of Separate Account D;
                                                            Financial Statements of Golden American Life
                                                            Insurance Company



PART C
Items required in Part C are located therein.

</TABLE>
<PAGE>










                                     PART A


<PAGE>
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A Subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

                       DEFERRED COMBINATION VARIABLE AND
                            FIXED ANNUITY PROSPECTUS

                                GOLDENSELECT DVA
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This  prospectus  describes  group  and  individual  deferred  variable  annuity
contracts (the "Contract")  offered by  Golden American  Life Insurance  Company
("Golden  American," "we," "our" or "us"). The owner ("you" or "your") purchases
the contract with an initial premium and is permitted to make additional premium
payments.

The contract is funded by three separate accounts, Separate Account B  ("Account
B")  and Separate Account  D ("Account D") and  the Fixed Account (collectively,
the "Accounts").

   
Eleven Divisions of Account  B are currently available  under the contract.  The
investments  available through  the Divisions of  Account B  include mutual fund
portfolios (the  "Series") of  The GCG  Trust  (the "Trust").  Account D  is  an
open-end management investment company. The only Division of Account D available
for  investment  is  The Managed  Global  Account (the  "Global  Account") which
invests directly  in securities.  The investments  available through  the  Fixed
Account  include various Fixed  Allocations which we credit  with fixed rates of
interest for  the Guarantee  Periods you  select. We  currently offer  Guarantee
Periods  with durations of 1, 3, 5, 7 and  10 years. We reserve the right at any
time to increase or  decrease the number of  Guarantee Periods offered. We  also
reserve the right to discontinue a Guarantee Period at any time.
    

   
Part  I  of  this  prospectus describes  the  contract  and  provides background
information regarding Account  B, Account D  and the Fixed  Account. Part II  of
this  prospectus  provides information  regarding  the investment  activities of
Account D  and  the  Global  Account, including  its  investment  policies.  The
prospectus  for  the  Trust,  which  must  accompany  this  prospectus, provides
information regarding investment activities and policies of the Trust.
    

   
You may  allocate  your  premiums  among the  twelve  Divisions  and  the  Fixed
Allocations  available  under the  contract in  any way  you choose,  subject to
certain restrictions. You may change  the allocation of your Accumulation  Value
during  a contract year free of charge. We reserve the right, however, to assess
a charge for  each allocation change  after the twelfth  allocation change in  a
contract year.
    

   
Your  Accumulation Value in Account B and Account D will vary in accordance with
the investment performance of the Divisions selected by you. Therefore, you bear
the entire investment risk for all amounts allocated to Account B and Account D.
You  also  bear  the  investment  risk  with  respect  to  surrenders,   partial
withdrawals,  transfers and annuitization  from a Fixed  Allocation prior to the
end of  the  applicable  Guarantee  Period.  A  surrender,  partial  withdrawal,
transfer  or annuitization made  prior to the  end of a  Guarantee Period may be
subject to a  Market Value  Adjustment, which could  have the  effect of  either
increasing or decreasing your Accumulation Value.
    
We  will pay a death benefit  to the beneficiary if the  owner dies prior to the
annuity  commencement  date  or  the   annuitant  dies  prior  to  the   annuity
commencement  date  when the  owner is  other  than an  individual. See  Part I,
Proceeds Payable to the Beneficiary.

   
This prospectus describes your principal  rights and limitations and sets  forth
the  information  concerning  the  Accounts that  investors  should  know before
investing. A Statement of Additional  Information, dated August __, 1995,  about
Account  B  and  Account D  has  been  filed with  the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission ("SEC") and  is available without  charge upon request.  To obtain  a
copy  of this document call  or write our Customer  Service Center. The Table of
Contents of the  Statement of Additional  Information may be  found on the  last
page of this prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information is incorporated
herein by reference.
    
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

CONTRACTS AND UNDERLYING SERIES SHARES WHICH FUND THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT  INSURED
BY  THE FDIC OR ANY OTHER AGENCY. THEY  ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF
ANY BANK AND ARE  NOT BANK GUARANTEED. THEY  ARE SUBJECT TO MARKET  FLUCTUATION,
REINVESTMENT RISK AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL INVESTED.

PLEASE  READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND  KEEP IT FOR FUTURE  REFERENCE. IT IS NOT VALID
UNLESS ACCOMPANIED BY THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS FOR THE GCG TRUST.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS NOT AVAILABLE IN  ALL STATES. YOU MAY CONTACT OUR  CUSTOMER
SERVICE CENTER TO FIND OUT ABOUT STATE AVAILABILITY.

<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                          <C>
ISSUED BY:              DISTRIBUTED BY:              ADMINISTERED AT:
Golden American Life    Directed Services, Inc.      Customer Service Center
Insurance Company       New York, New York 10017     Mailing Address: P.O. Box 8794
                                                     Wilmington, Delaware 19899-8794
                                                     1-800-366-0066
</TABLE>

   
                       PROSPECTUS DATED: AUGUST __, 1995
    
<PAGE>
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             PAGE
<S>                                                       <C>
DEFINITION OF TERMS.....................................           3
SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT.................................           5
FEE TABLE...............................................           7
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION.........................           9
  Index of Investment Experience
  Financial Statements
  Performance Related Information
PART I
INTRODUCTION............................................          11
FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS................          12
  Golden American
  The GCG Trust
  Separate Accounts B and D
  Account B Divisions
  The Managed Global Account of Account D
  Changes Within Account B and D
  The Fixed Account
FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT................................          19
  The Owner
  The Annuitant
  The Beneficiary
  Change of Owner or Beneficiary
  Availability of the Contract
  Types of Contracts
  Your Right to Select or Change Contract Options
  Premiums
  Making Additional Premium Payments
  Crediting Premium Payments
  Restrictions on Allocation of Premium Payments
  Exchange Program
  Your Right to Reallocate
  Dollar Cost Averaging
  What Happens if a Division is Not Available
  Your Accumulation Value
  Accumulation Value in Each Division
  Measurement of Investment Experience
  Cash Surrender Value
  Surrendering to Receive the Cash Surrender Value
  Partial Withdrawals
  Proceeds Payable to the Beneficiary
  Death Benefit Options
  Reports to Owners
  When We Make Payments
CHARGES AND FEES........................................          28
  Charge Deduction Division
  Charges Deducted from the Accumulation Value
  Charges Deducted from the Divisions
  Trust Expenses
  Operating Expenses of Account D
CHOOSING AN INCOME PLAN.................................          30
  The Income Plan
  Annuity Commencement Date Selection

<CAPTION>
                                                             PAGE
<S>                                                       <C>
  Frequency Selection
  The Annuity Options
  Payment When Named Person Dies
OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS...............................          32
  In Case of Errors in Application Information
  Your Right to Cancel or Exchange Your Contract
  Other Contract Changes
  Group or Sponsored Arrangements
  Selling the Contract
REGULATORY INFORMATION..................................          33
  Voting Rights
  State Regulation
  Legal Proceedings
  Legal Matters
  Experts
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE
 COMPANY................................................          34
  Selected Financial Data
  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of Operations
  Directors and Executive Officers
  Compensation Tables and Other Information
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS..............................          42
  Introduction
  Golden American Tax Status
  Taxation on Non-Qualified Annuities
  Taxation of Individual Retirement Annuities
  Distribution-at-Death Rules
  Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds
  Transfer of Annuity Contracts
  Assignments
  Multiple Contracts Rule
  Section 1035 Exchanges
PART II
INTRODUCTION............................................          48
THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D.................          49
  The Global Account
  Investment Objective and Policies of the Global
   Account
  Non-Diversified
  Risk Factors
  Board of Governors of Account D
  The Manager
  The Portfolio Manager
  Securities and Investment Techniques
  Investment Restrictions
  Brokerage Services
UNAUDITED AND AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF GOLDEN
 AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY........................          60
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.....................          98
  Table of Contents
APPENDIX A..............................................          A1
  Market Value Adjustment Examples
APPENDIX B..............................................          B1
  GoldenSelect Service Forms
</TABLE>
    

THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT CONSTITUTE AN  OFFERING IN ANY  JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY  NOT LAWFULLY BE  MADE. NO  PERSON IS AUTHORIZED  TO MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATIONS  IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING  OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 DEFINITION OF TERMS

ACCOUNTS

Separate Account B, Separate Account D, and the Fixed Account.

ACCUMULATION VALUE

   
The total amount invested under the contract. Initially, this amount is equal to
the  premium paid. Thereafter, the Accumulation  Value will reflect the premiums
paid, investment experience of the Divisions and interest credited to your Fixed
Allocations, charges deducted and any partial withdrawals.
    

ANNUITANT

The person  designated by  the owner  to be  the measuring  life in  determining
annuity payments.

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

The date on which annuity payments begin.

ANNUITY OPTIONS

Options  the  owner  selects  that  determine the  form  and  amount  of annuity
payments.

ANNUITY PAYMENT

The periodic payment an owner receives. It  may be either a fixed or a  variable
amount based on the annuity option chosen.

ATTAINED AGE

The  issue age of the  owner or annuitant plus the  number of full years elapsed
since the contract date.

BENEFICIARY

The person designated to receive benefits in the case of the death of the  owner
or the annuitant (when the owner is other than an individual).

BUSINESS DAY

Any  day the New York Stock Exchange  ("NYSE") is open for trading, exclusive of
Federal holidays, or any day on which  the SEC requires that mutual funds,  unit
investment trusts or other investment portfolios be valued.

CASH SURRENDER VALUE

The  amount the  owner receives  upon surrender  of the  contract, including any
Market Value Adjustment.

CHARGE DEDUCTION DIVISION

   
The Division from which all  charges are deducted if  so designated by you.  The
Charge Deduction Division currently is the Liquid Asset Division.
    

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT

The  person designated by the owner who, upon the annuitant's death prior to the
annuity commencement date, becomes the annuitant.

CONTRACT

The entire  contract  consisting  of  the  basic  contract  and  any  riders  or
endorsements.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY

The anniversary of the contract date.

CONTRACT DATE

The  date on which we have received the  initial premium and upon which we begin
determining the contract  values. It may  or may not  be the same  as the  issue
date.  This date is  used to determine contract  months, processing dates, years
and anniversaries.

CONTRACT PROCESSING DATES

   
The days when  we deduct  certain charges from  the Accumulation  Value. If  the
contract  processing  date is  not  a valuation  date, it  will  be on  the next
succeeding valuation date. The contract processing dates will be once each  year
on the contract anniversary.
    

CONTRACT PROCESSING PERIOD

The  first contract processing period begins with  the contract date and ends at
the close of  business on  the first  contract processing  date. All  subsequent
contract  processing periods begin at  the close of business  on the most recent
contract processing  date  and extend  to  the close  of  business on  the  next
contract processing date. There is one contract processing period each year.

CONTRACT YEAR

The period between contract anniversaries.

CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER

Where  service is provided to  you. The mailing address  and telephone number of
the Customer Service Center are shown on the cover.

DIVISIONS

The investment options available under Account B and Account D.

ENDORSEMENTS

An endorsement changes or adds provisions to the contract.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 DEFINITION OF TERMS (CONTINUED)

EXPERIENCE FACTOR

   
The factor which reflects the investment experience of the portfolio in which  a
Division invests and also reflects the charges assessed against the Division for
a valuation period.
    

FIXED ACCOUNT
   
An account which contains all of our assets that support owner Fixed Allocations
and any interest credited thereto.
    

FIXED ALLOCATION

An  amount allocated  to the  Fixed Account that  is credited  with a Guaranteed
Interest Rate for a specified Guarantee Period.

FREE LOOK PERIOD

The period of time within which the owner may examine the contract and return it
for a refund.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE

The effective  annual  interest  rate  which we  will  credit  for  a  specified
Guarantee Period. The Guaranteed Interest Rate will never be less than 3%.
GUARANTEE PERIOD
   
The  period of time for which a rate of interest is guaranteed to be credited to
a Fixed Allocation. We currently offer Guarantee Periods with durations of 1, 3,
5, 7 and 10 years.
    

INDEX OF INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE

   
The index that measures the performance of a Division.
    

INITIAL PREMIUM

The payment required to put a contract into effect.

ISSUE AGE

The owner's or  annuitant's age on  his or her  last birthday on  or before  the
contract date.

ISSUE DATE

The date the contract is issued at our Customer Service Center.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

   
A  positive or negative adjustment  made to a Fixed  Allocation. It may apply to
certain  withdrawals  and  transfers,   whether  in  whole   or  in  part,   and
annuitizations  of all  or part  of a  Fixed Allocation  prior to  the end  of a
Guarantee Period.
    

MATURITY DATE

The date on which a Guarantee Period matures.

OWNER

The person who owns the  contract and is entitled  to exercise all rights  under
the contract. This person's death also initiates payment of the death benefit.

RIDER

A rider amends the contract, in certain instances adding benefits.

SPECIALLY DESIGNATED DIVISION

   
The  Division to which  distributions from a portfolio  underlying a Division in
which reinvestment  is  not  available  will be  allocated  unless  you  specify
otherwise.  The  Specially Designated  Division  currently is  the  Liquid Asset
Division.
    

VALUATION DATE

   
The day at the end of a valuation period when each Division is valued.
    

VALUATION PERIOD

Each business day together with any non-business days before it.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT

   
This prospectus has been designed to provide you with information regarding  the
contract  and the Accounts  which fund the  contract. Information concerning the
Divisions of Account  B and the  Fixed Account is  set forth in  Part I of  this
prospectus.  Part  II of  this prospectus  pertains to  Account D  which invests
directly in securities.
    
This summary is  intended to  provide only  a very  brief overview  of the  more
significant  aspects  of  the  contract.  Further  detail  is  provided  in this
prospectus and  in the  contract.  The contract,  together  with any  riders  or
endorsements,  constitutes the entire agreement between you and us and should be
retained.
This prospectus has been designed to provide you with the necessary  information
to  make a decision  on purchasing the  contract offered by  Golden American and
funded by the Accounts.

   
You have a choice of investments. We do not promise that your Accumulation Value
will increase.  Depending on  the  investment experience  of the  Divisions  and
interest  credited  to the  Fixed Allocations  in which  you are  invested, your
Accumulation Value,cash  surrender  value  and death  benefit  may  increase  or
decrease on any day. You bear the investment risk.
    

DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT

   
The  contract  is designed  to establish  retirement benefits  for two  types of
purchasers. The first type  of purchaser is one  who is eligible to  participate
in,  and purchases  a contract  for use  with, an  individual retirement annuity
("IRA") meeting the requirements of section 408(b) of the Internal Revenue  Code
of   1986  ("qualified  plan").  For  a   contract  funding  a  qualified  plan,
distribution must  commence  not later  than  April  1st of  the  calendar  year
following  the calendar year in which you attain  age 70 1/2. The second type of
purchaser  is  one  who  purchases  a  contract  outside  of  a  qualified  plan
("non-qualified plan").
    

   
The  contract also offers a choice of annuity options to which you may apply all
or a portion of the Accumulation Value  on the annuity commencement date or  the
cash  surrender value upon  surrender of the  contract. See Part  I, Choosing an
Income Plan.
    

AVAILABILITY

   
We can issue a contract if both the  annuitant and the owner are not older  than
age  85 and  accept additional  premium payments  until either  the annuitant or
owner reaches  the  attained age  of  85 for  non-qualified  plans (age  70  for
qualified plans, except for rollover contributions). The minimum initial premium
is  $10,000 for  a non-qualified plan  and $1,500  for a qualified  plan. We may
change the minimum initial or additional premium requirements for certain  group
or sponsored arrangements. See Part I, Group or Sponsored Arrangements.
    

   
The   minimum  additional  premium  payment  we   will  accept  is  $500  for  a
non-qualified plan and  $250 for a  qualified plan. You  must receive our  prior
approval  before making a premium payment  that causes the Accumulation Value of
all annuities that you maintain with us to exceed $1,000,000.
    

THE DIVISIONS

   
Each of the twelve Divisions offered under this prospectus has its own  distinct
investment  objectives and  policies. There are  eleven Divisions  of Account B.
Each Division  of Account  B invests  in a  corresponding Series  of the  Trust,
managed  by Directed Services, Inc. ("DSI" or  the "Manager"). The Trust and DSI
have retained several portfolio  managers to manage the  assets of each  Series.
The  Division of Account D is The Managed Global Account. DSI is the Manager and
Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc. ("Warburg,  Pincus") is the portfolio  manager
(the "Portfolio Manager"). See Part I, Facts About the Company and the Accounts,
Account B Divisions, and The Managed Global Account of Account D.
    

HOW THE ACCUMULATION VALUE VARIES

   
The  Accumulation Value  in the  Divisions varies  each day  based on investment
results. You bear the  risk of poor investment  performance and you receive  the
benefits  from  favorable investment  performance.  The Accumulation  Value also
reflects premium payments, charges deducted and partial withdrawals. See Part I,
Accumulation Value in Each Division.
    

THE FIXED ACCOUNT

   
The investments  available  through  the Fixed  Account  include  various  Fixed
Allocations  which  we credit  with fixed  rates of  interest for  the Guarantee
Periods you  select. We  reset  the interest  rates  for new  Guarantee  Periods
periodically  based on our sole discretion.  We may offer Guarantee Periods from
one to ten years. We currently offer  Guarantee Periods with durations of 1,  3,
5, 7 and 10 years.
    

   
You  bear the investment  risk with respect  to surrenders, partial withdrawals,
transfers and annuitization  from your Fixed  Allocations. A surrender,  partial
withdrawal,  transfer  or annuitization  made prior  to the  end of  a Guarantee
Period may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, which could have the  effect
of  either increasing or decreasing your  Accumulation Value.We will not apply a
Market Value Adjustment within  30 days of the  Maturity Date of the  applicable
    

                                       5
<PAGE>
 SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
Guarantee  Period or certain  transfers made in connection  with the dollar cost
averaging program. Systematic withdrawals from  a Fixed Allocation also are  not
subject to a Market Value Adjustment.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

   
We  will apply the Market Value Adjustment,  subject to certain exceptions, to a
surrender, partial withdrawal, transfer or annuitization from a Fixed Allocation
made prior to the end  of a Guarantee Period.  The Market Value Adjustment  does
not apply to amounts invested in either Account B or Account D.
    

SURRENDERING YOUR CONTRACT

You  may surrender the contract and receive its cash surrender value at any time
while  both  the  annuitant  and  owner  are  living  and  before  the   annuity
commencement  date. See Part I, Cash Surrender Value and Surrendering to Receive
the Cash Surrender Value.

TAKING PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

   
After the free look period, prior to the annuity commencement date and while the
contract is in effect,  you may take partial  withdrawals from the  Accumulation
Value  of the  contract. You  may elect  in advance  to take  systematic partial
withdrawals on a monthly or  quarterly basis. If you  have an IRA contract,  you
may elect IRA partial withdrawals on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis.
    
   
Partial  withdrawals  are subject  to certain  restrictions  as defined  in this
prospectus, including a surrender charge and a Market Value Adjustment.  Partial
withdrawals  above  a specified  percentage of  your  Accumulation Value  may be
subject to a surrender charge. See Part I, Partial Withdrawals.
    

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING

   
Under this program, you may choose to have a specified dollar amount transferred
from either the Limited Maturity Bond Division, Liquid Asset Division or a Fixed
Allocation with a one year Guarantee Period to the other Divisions of Account  B
and Account D on a monthly basis with the objective of shielding your investment
from short term price fluctuations. See Part I, dollar cost averaging.
    

YOUR RIGHT TO CANCEL THE CONTRACT
You  may cancel  your contract within  the free look  period which is  a ten day
period of  time  beginning  when  you receive  the  contract.  For  purposes  of
administering  our allocation  and certain  other administrative  rules, we deem
this period  to end  15 days  after the  contract is  mailed from  our  Customer
Service  Center. Some  states may  require that  we provide  a longer  free look
period. In some  states we restrict  the initial premium  allocation during  the
free look period. See Part I, Your Right to Cancel or Exchange Your Contract.

YOUR RIGHT TO CHANGE THE CONTRACT

The  contract may be changed to another annuity plan subject to our rules at the
time of the change. See Part I, Other Contract Changes.

DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS

The contract provides a death benefit to the beneficiary if the owner dies prior
to the annuity  commencement date. We  may offer a  reduced death benefit  under
certain  group  and  sponsored  arrangements. See  Part  I,  Group  or Sponsored
Arrangements.

DEDUCTIONS FOR CHARGES AND FEES

   
We invest the entire amount of  the initial and any additional premium  payments
in  the  Divisions and  the  Fixed Allocations  you  select, subject  to certain
restrictions we  impose.  See Part  I,  Restrictions on  Allocation  of  Premium
Payments.  We  then may  deduct an  annual contract  fee from  your Accumulation
Value. See Part I, Charges and Fees.  We may reduce certain charges under  group
or  sponsored arrangements. See Part I,  Group or Sponsored Arrangements. Unless
you  have  elected   the  Charge  Deduction   Division,  charges  are   deducted
proportionately  from all  Account B  and Account D  Divisions in  which you are
invested. If there is no Accumulation Value in these Divisions, charges will  be
deducted  from your  Fixed Allocations  starting with  Guarantee Periods nearest
their Maturity Dates until such charges have been deducted.
    

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

The ultimate effect of Federal income taxes on the amounts held under an annuity
contract, on  annuity  payments and  on  the  economic benefits  to  the  owner,
annuitant  or beneficiary depends  on Golden American's tax  status and upon the
tax status of the individuals  concerned. In general, an  owner is not taxed  on
increases  in value under an annuity contract until some form of distribution is
made under it. There may be tax penalties if you make a withdrawal or  surrender
the contract before reaching age 59 1/2. See Part I, Federal Tax Considerations.

   
EXCHANGE PROGRAM
    

   
We  currently offer an  exchange program to purchasers  who exchange an existing
contract issued by  another insurance  company not  affiliated with  us for  our
Contract  or who  add, under  certain qualified  plans, to  an existing Contract
through an exchange. See Facts About the Contract, Exchange Program.
    

                                       6
<PAGE>
 FEE TABLE
   
TRANSACTION EXPENSES(1)
    
   
         Contingent Deferred Sales Charge(2) (imposed as a percentage of premium
payments withdrawn upon excess partial withdrawal or surrender):(3)
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  COMPLETE YEARS ELAPSED       SURRENDER
  SINCE PREMIUM PAYMENT         CHARGE
<S>                         <C>
            0                     7%
            1                     7%
            2                     6%
            3                     5%
            4                     4%
            5                     3%
            6                     1%
            7+                    0%
</TABLE>
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Excess Allocation Charge...................................................................................$0(4)
</TABLE>
    

   
ANNUAL CONTRACT FEES:
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Administrative Charge........................................................................................$40
(Waived if the Accumulation Value equals or exceeds $100,000 at the end of the contract year, or once the sum of
 premiums paid equals or exceeds $100,000.)
</TABLE>
    

   
SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES (percentage of assets in each Division):
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                STANDARD
                                                               -----------         ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT
                                                                            ------------------------------------
                                                                              ANNUAL RATCHET       7% SOLUTION
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>                  <C>
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge............................       1.10%            1.25%              1.40%
Asset Based Administrative Charge............................       0.15%            0.15%              0.15%
                                                               -----------         -------            -------
Total Separate Account Expenses..............................       1.25%            1.40%              1.55%
</TABLE>
    

   
TRUST ANNUAL EXPENSES(5) (based  on combined assets of  the indicated groups  of
Series):
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           TOTAL
                        SERIES                             FEES     OTHER EXPENSES(6)    EXPENSES
- - ------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------------  -------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>                <C>
Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Capital
Appreciation,                                                1.00%           0.00%            1.00%
Rising Dividends, All-Growth, Real Estate, Natural
Resources and Value Equity Series:
Emerging Markets Series:                                     1.50%           0.02%            1.52%
Limited Maturity Bond Series:                                0.60%           0.00%            0.60%
Liquid Asset Series:                                         0.60%           0.01%            0.61%
</TABLE>
    

   
THE  MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT  ANNUAL EXPENSES AFTER  REIMBURSEMENT (percentage of
average net assets):
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          MANAGEMENT AND          OTHER        TOTAL ANNUAL
ASSETS                                                                     ADVISORY FEES        EXPENSES        EXPENSES(7)
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------  -------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                    <C>                    <C>            <C>
$0 to $500 million...................................................            1.00%              0.25%            1.25%
in excess of $500 million............................................            0.80%              0.25%            1.05%
</TABLE>
    

- - ------------------------------
   
(1) A Market Value Adjustment, which may increase or decrease your  Accumulation
    Value, may apply to certain transactions. See Market Value Adjustment.
    
   
(2) We  also deduct a charge for premium taxes from your Accumulation Value upon
    surrender, excess partial withdrawals or  on the annuity commencement  date.
    See Premium Taxes.
    
   
(3) For  purposes of  calculating the  surrender charge  for the  excess partial
    withdrawal, (i) we treat premium payments  as being withdrawn on a  first-in
    first-out  basis, and  (ii) amounts  withdrawn which  are not  considered an
    excess partial withdrawal  are not treated  as a withdrawal  of any  premium
    payments. See Charges Deducted from the Accumulation Value, Surrender Charge
    for Excess Partial Withdrawals.
    
   
(4) We  reserve the right to impose  a charge in the future  at a maximum of $25
    for each allocation change in excess of twelve per contract year. See Excess
    Allocation charge.
    
(5) Fees decline as combined  assets increase (see Part  I, Account B  Divisions
    and the Trust prospectus for details).
   
(6) Other  Expenses generally consist of independent trustees fees and expenses.
    In 1994,  the Emerging  Markets Series  incurred transfer  and  repatriation
    taxes  of 0.21% of average daily net assets which are not reflected as Other
    Expenses in this Fee Table.
    
   
(7) Reflects an expense reimbursement  or waiver through  December 31, 1994.  In
    the  absence of expense  reimbursement or waiver,  the total annual expenses
    would have been 1.40% of the  Global Account's average daily net assets  for
    1994.  This figure includes non-recurring expenses of approximately 0.06% of
    average daily net assets which were not reimbursed.
    

                                       7
<PAGE>
 FEE TABLE (CONTINUED)

EXAMPLES:

   
If at issue  you elect the  7% Solution  Enhanced Death Benefit  Option and  you
surrender  your contract at the end of the applicable time period, you would pay
the following expenses for each $1,000  of initial premium assuming a 5%  annual
return on assets:
    

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DIVISION                                                                   ONE YEAR     THREE YEARS   FIVE YEARS    TEN YEARS
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Multiple Allocation.....................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Fully Managed...........................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Capital Appreciation....................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Rising Dividends........................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
All-Growth..............................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Real Estate.............................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Natural Resources.......................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Value Equity............................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Emerging Markets........................................................   $   102.04   $   157.81     $  205.91    $  346.93
Global Account..........................................................   $    99.38   $   149.92     $  192.92    $  321.89
Limited Maturity Bond...................................................   $    93.08   $   131.05     $  161.56    $  259.87
Liquid Asset............................................................   $    93.08   $   131.05     $  161.56    $  259.87
</TABLE>
    

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
If  at issue you elect the 7% Solution  Enhanced Death Benefit Option and you do
not surrender your  contract or  if you  annuitize on  the annuity  commencement
date,  you would pay the  following expenses for each  $1,000 of initial premium
assuming a 5% annual return on assets:
    
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DIVISION                                                                   ONE YEAR     THREE YEARS   FIVE YEARS    TEN YEARS
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Multiple Allocation.....................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Fully Managed...........................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Capital Appreciation....................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Rising Dividends........................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
All-Growth..............................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Real Estate.............................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Natural Resources.......................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Value Equity............................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Emerging Markets........................................................   $   32.04    $    97.81     $  165.91    $  346.93
Global Account..........................................................   $   29.38    $    89.92     $  152.92    $  321.89
Limited Maturity Bond...................................................   $   23.08    $    71.05     $  121.56    $  259.87
Liquid Asset............................................................   $   23.08    $    71.05     $  121.56    $  259.87
</TABLE>
    

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
For purposes of  computing the  annual per contract  administrative charge,  the
dollar amounts shown in the examples are based on an initial premium of $50,000.
The  examples do not take into account  any deduction for premium taxes. Premium
taxes currently  range  from  0% to  3.5%  of  premium payments.  There  may  be
surrender  charges if  you choose to  annuitize within the  first seven contract
years.
    

   
The examples reflect  the election at  issue of the  7% Solution Enhanced  Death
Benefit  Option.  If the  Standard Death  Benefit Option  or the  Annual Ratchet
Enhanced Death Benefit Option is elected,  the actual expenses incurred will  be
less than those represented in the Examples.
    

In  the examples, the numbers  for the Global Account  reflect expenses based on
assumed assets in  the Global Account  of $500  million or less.  If the  Global
Account's assets exceed $500 million, these expenses will decrease.

   
THIS EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE
EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN, SUBJECT TO
THE GUARANTEES UNDER THE CONTRACT.
    

                                       8
<PAGE>
 CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

INDEX OF INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE

   
Commencing  on  the  date hereof,  we  will  calculate the  index  of investment
experience for each Division of Account B and for the Global Account. The  index
of  investment experience is equal  to the value of a  unit for each Division of
the Accounts. We will also calculate the total value of each Division.
    

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
The audited  financial statements  of Separate  Account B  for the  years  ended
December  31, 1994 and  1993 (as well  as the auditor's  report thereon) and the
audited financial statements of The Managed Global Account of separate Account D
for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993 (as well as the auditor's  report
thereon)  appear  in  the  Statement  of  Additional  Information.  The  audited
financial statements of  Golden American prepared  in accordance with  statutory
accounting  practices for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993 (as well as
the auditor's report  thereon) and  the audited financial  statements of  Golden
American  prepared in  accordance with generally  accepted accounting principles
for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993 and the period September 30, 1992
to December 31, 1992 (as well as the auditor's report thereon) are contained  in
the Prospectus.
    
   
The  unaudited June 30, 1995 financial statements  of Separate Account B and the
unaudited June 30, 1995  financial statements of The  Managed Global Account  of
Separate  Account D are included in the Statement of Additional Information. The
unaudited June 30, 1995 financial  statements of Golden American Life  Insurance
Company are contained in the Prospectus.
    

PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION

   
Performance  information for the Divisions of Account B and Account D, including
the yield and effective  yield of the  Liquid Asset Division,  the yield of  the
remaining Divisions, and the total return of all Divisions may appear in reports
and promotional literature to current or prospective owners.
    

Current  yield for the Liquid Asset Division will be based on income received by
a hypothetical  investment over  a  given 7-day  period (less  expenses  accrued
during  the period), and then "annualized"  (i.e., assuming that the 7-day yield
would be received for 52 weeks, stated  in terms of an annual percentage  return
on  the  investment).  "Effective  yield"  for  the  Liquid  Asset  Division  is
calculated in  a  manner similar  to  that used  to  calculate yield,  but  when
annualized, the income earned by the investment is assumed to be reinvested. The
"effective  yield"  will be  slightly  higher than  the  "yield" because  of the
compounding effect of earnings.
   
For the remaining Divisions, quotations of yield will be based on all investment
income  per  unit  (Accumulation  Value  divided  by  the  index  of  investment
experience,   see  Part  I,  Measurement  of  Investment  Experience,  INDEX  OF
INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE AND UNIT VALUE) earned during a given 30-day period,  less
expenses  accrued  during the  period ("net  investment income").  Quotations of
average annual total return for any Division  will be expressed in terms of  the
average  annual  compounded rate  of return  on a  hypothetical investment  in a
contract over a period of one, five, and ten years (or, if less, up to the  life
of  the Division),  and will reflect  the deduction of  the applicable surrender
charge, the administrative charge and the applicable mortality and expense  risk
charge.  See Charges and Fees. Quotations  of total return may simultaneously be
shown for  other periods  that  do not  take  into account  certain  contractual
charges, such as the distribution fee and surrender charge for example.
    

   
Performance  information  for  a  Division  may  be  compared,  in  reports  and
promotional literature, to: (i) the  Standard & Poor's 500  Stock Index ("S &  P
500"),   Dow   Jones  Industrial   Average   ("DJIA"),  Donoghue   Money  Market
Institutional Averages, or  other indices measuring  performance of a  pertinent
group  of securities  so that  investors may  compare a  Division's results with
those of a group of securities widely regarded by investors as representative of
the securities markets in general; (ii) other variable annuity separate accounts
or other investment  products tracked  by Lipper Analytical  Services, a  widely
used  independent research  firm which ranks  mutual funds  and other investment
companies by overall performance, investment objectives, and assets, or  tracked
by  other ratings services, including VARDS, companies, publications, or persons
who rank separate accounts or  other investment products on overall  performance
or other criteria; and (iii) the Consumer Price Index (measure for inflation) to
assess  the real rate  of return from  an investment in  the contract. Unmanaged
indices may assume the  reinvestment of dividends but  generally do not  reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses.
    

   
Performance  information for  any Division  reflects only  the performance  of a
hypothetical contract  under which  the  Accumulation Value  is allocated  to  a
Division  during a particular  time period on which  the calculations are based.
Performance  information  should  be  considered  in  light  of  the  investment
objectives  and policies,  characteristics and quality  of the  portfolio of the
Series of the Trust in  which the Division invests  or, the securities in  which
Account  D invests, and the market conditions  during the given time period, and
should not be  considered as a  representation of  what may be  achieved in  the
future.  For a  description of  the methods  used to  determine yield  and total
return for the Divisions, see the Statement of Additional Information.
    

   
Reports and promotional literature may also contain other information  including
the  ranking of any Division derived  from rankings of variable annuity separate
accounts or other investment products  tracked by Lipper Analytical Services  or
by  rating services, companies, publications, or other persons who rank separate
accounts or other investment products on overall performance or other criteria.
    

                                       9
<PAGE>
                 (This page has been left blank intentionally.)

                                       10
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

   
INTRODUCTION     THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION  IN PART I DESCRIBES THE CONTRACT AND
THE ACCOUNTS WHICH  FUND THE CONTRACT,  ACCOUNT B  AND ACCOUNT D  AND THE  FIXED
ACCOUNT.  ACCOUNT B INVESTS  IN MUTUAL FUND  PORTFOLIOS OF THE  TRUST. ACCOUNT D
INVESTS DIRECTLY IN  SECURITIES. THE FIXED  ACCOUNT CONTAINS ALL  OF THE  ASSETS
THAT  SUPPORT OWNER FIXED  ALLOCATIONS WHICH WE  CREDIT WITH GUARANTEED INTEREST
RATES FOR THE GUARANTEE PERIODS YOU SELECT.
    

                                       11
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS

GOLDEN AMERICAN

   
Golden American  Life Insurance  Company  ("Golden American")  is a  stock  life
insurance  company organized under the  laws of the State  of Delaware. Prior to
December 30, 1993, Golden American was a Minnesota corporation. Golden  American
is  a  wholly  owned  indirect  subsidiary  of  Bankers  Trust  Company.  We are
authorized to  do  business in  all  jurisdictions  except New  York.  We  offer
variable  annuities and variable life insurance. Administrative services for the
contract are provided at  our Customer Service Center,  the address is shown  on
the  cover. As of December 31, 1994  Golden American had stockholder's equity of
approximately $89.5 million  and total  assets of  approximately $1.04  billion,
including approximately $950.3 million of separate account assets.
    
   
Bankers  Trust Company is a New  York banking corporation with executive offices
at 280 Park Avenue, New York, New  York 10017. As of December 31, 1994,  Bankers
Trust  New York  Corporation, parent of  Bankers Trust Company,  was the seventh
largest bank  holding  company  in  the  United  States  with  total  assets  of
approximately  $98 billion. Bankers Trust Company  conducts a variety of general
banking and trust activities  and is a leading  wholesale supplier of  financial
services to the domestic and international markets.
    
In a transaction that closed on September 30, 1992, a wholly owned subsidiary of
Bankers  Trust Company acquired all of  the issued and outstanding capital stock
of Golden American and DSI, an affiliate of Golden American, and related assets.
The transaction  involved settlement  of pre-existing  claims of  Bankers  Trust
Company  against the  former parent  company of  Golden American  and DSI. Under
applicable banking  law, stock  so acquired  is subject  to various  divestiture
requirements.  While Bankers Trust Company has no immediate intent to divest its
ownership of the stock of Golden American and DSI, such a divestiture may  occur
in   the  future.   In  addition,   judicial  or   administrative  decisions  or
interpretations, as well as changes in either Federal or state banking  statutes
or  regulations, could prevent Bankers Trust  Company from continuing to own the
stock of Golden American or DSI.
Effective October  3, 1994,  First Colony  Corporation ("First  Colony") and  BT
Variable,  Inc.  ("BT Variable")  entered into  an  agreement providing  for the
acquisition by First Colony of a minority interest in BT Variable. BT  Variable,
an  indirect subsidiary  of Bankers  Trust Company,  is the  corporate parent of
Golden  American  Life  Insurance  Company  and  Directed  Services,  Inc.   The
acquisition is subject to the approval of the appropriate regulators.
First  Colony is the  corporate parent of two  insurance companies, First Colony
Life Insurance Company and American Mayflower Life, which together provide  life
insurance and annuity products throughout the United States.

   
For  more information about Golden American,  see Part I, More Information About
Golden American Life Insurance Company.
    

   
THE GCG TRUST
    

   
The Trust is an open-end management  investment company, more commonly called  a
mutual  fund.  The Trust's  shares  may also  be  available to  certain separate
accounts funding variable  life insurance policies  offered by Golden  American.
This is called "mixed funding."
    

   
The  Trust may  also sell  its shares  to separate  accounts of  other insurance
companies, both  affiliated and  not affiliated  with Golden  American. This  is
called "shared funding." Although we do not anticipate any inherent difficulties
arising  from either mixed or shared  funding it is theoretically possible that,
due to differences  in tax treatment  or other considerations,  the interest  of
owners  of various contracts participating in the  Trust might at sometime be in
conflict. After the Trust receives the  requisite order from the SEC, shares  of
the  Trust may also be  sold to certain qualified  pension and retirement plans.
The Board of Trustees of  the Trust, the Trust's Manager,  and we and any  other
insurance companies participating in the Trust are required to monitor events to
identify  any material conflicts that arise from  the use of the Trust for mixed
and/or shared funding or between various policyowners and pension and retirement
plans. For more information about the risks of mixed and shared funding,  please
refer to the Trust prospectus.
    

   
You  will  find  complete  information  about  the  Trust,  including  the risks
associated with each Series,  in the accompanying  Trust prospectus. You  should
read  it  carefully  in  conjunction  with  this  prospectus  before  investing.
Additional copies of  the Trust  prospectus may  be obtained  by contacting  our
Customer Service Center.
    

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS B AND D

   
All  obligations under the contract are  general obligations of Golden American.
Account B and  Account D are  separate investment accounts  used to support  our
variable  annuity contracts  and for other  purposes as  permitted by applicable
laws and regulations. The assets  of Account B and  Account D are kept  separate
from our general account and any other separate accounts
    

                                       12
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
we  may have. We may offer other variable annuity contracts investing in Account
B and  Account D  which are  not discussed  in this  prospectus. Account  B  and
Account  D  may also  invest  in other  series which  are  not available  to the
contract described in this prospectus.
We own  all the  assets in  Account B  and Account  D. Income  and realized  and
unrealized gains or losses from assets in each account is credited to or charged
against  that account  without regard  to other income,  gains or  losses in our
other investment accounts. As  required, the assets in  Account B and Account  D
are  at least equal to the reserves and other liabilities of that account. These
assets may not be charged with liabilities from any other business we conduct.

   
They may, however, be subject to liabilities arising from Divisions whose assets
are attributable to other variable annuity contracts supported by Account B  and
Account  D. If the assets exceed the required reserves and other liabilities, we
may transfer the excess to our general account.
    

ACCOUNT B
  Account B was established on  July 14, 1988, and  may invest in mutual  funds,
  unit investment trusts or other investment portfolios which we determine to be
  suitable  for  the  contract's  purposes.  Account  B  is  treated  as  a unit
  investment trust under Federal securities laws. It is registered with the  SEC
  under  the Investment Company  Act of 1940  (the "1940 Act")  as an investment
  company. It is governed by  the laws of Delaware,  our state of domicile,  and
  may  also be  governed by the  laws of other  states in which  we do business.
  Registration with the SEC does not involve  any supervision by the SEC of  the
  management or investment policies or practices of Account B.

ACCOUNT D
  Account D was established on April 18, 1990 and invests directly in securities
  in  accordance  with  the investment  objectives  and policies  of  Account D.
  Account D  is registered  with  the SEC  under the  1940  Act as  an  open-end
  management  investment company and meets the  definition of a separate account
  under the federal securities laws. It is governed by the laws of Delaware, our
  state of domicile, and may also be  governed by laws of other states in  which
  we  do business. Registration with the SEC does not involve any supervision by
  the SEC of the management or investment policies or practices of Account D.

ACCOUNT B DIVISIONS

   
Account B  is divided  into Divisions.  Currently, each  Division of  Account  B
offered  under this  prospectus invests  in a  portfolio of  The GCG  Trust (the
"Trust"). DSI serves as the Manager to  each Series of the Trust. See the  Trust
prospectus  for  details.  The Trust  and  DSI have  retained  several portfolio
managers to manage the assets  of each Series as  indicated below. There may  be
restrictions on the amount of the allocation to certain Divisions based on state
laws  and regulations.  The investment objectives  of the various  Series in the
Trust are described below.  There is no guarantee  that any portfolio or  Series
will  meet  its investment  objectives.  Meeting objectives  depends  on various
factors, including, in certain cases, how well the portfolio managers anticipate
changing economic  and market  conditions. Account  B also  has other  Divisions
investing  in other series which are not  available to the contract described in
this prospectus.
    

DSI  provides  the  overall  business  management  and  administrative  services
necessary  for the Series'  operation and provides or  procures the services and
information necessary to the proper conduct  of the business of the Series.  DSI
is  responsible  for  providing or  procuring,  at DSI's  expense,  the services
reasonably necessary for the ordinary operation of the Series. DSI does not bear
the expense of brokerage fees and other transactional expenses for securities or
other assets (which are generally considered part of the cost for assets), taxes
(if any) paid  by a  Series, interest  on borrowing,  fees and  expenses of  the
independent   trustees,  and  extraordinary  expenses,  such  as  litigation  or
indemnification expenses. See the Trust prospectus for details.

   
The table below shows the monthly fee  that the Trust pays DSI for its  services
as  a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Series. DSI (and not the
Trust) pays each portfolio manager a monthly fee for managing the assets of  the
Series.
    

                                       13
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FEES (based on combined assets of the indicated groups of
SERIES                                                         Series)
- - -------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>
Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed,                            1.00% of first $750 million;
Capital Appreciation, Rising Dividends,                        0.95% of next $1.250 billion;
All-Growth, Real Estate, Natural Resources and Value Equity    0.90% of next $1.5 billion; and
Series:                                                        0.85% of amount in excess of $3.5 billion

Emerging Markets Series:                                       1.50% of average daily net assets

Limited Maturity Bond and                                      0.60% of first $200 million;
Liquid Asset Series:                                           0.55% of next $300 million; and
                                                               0.50% of amount in excess of $500 million
</TABLE>

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
The following Divisions invest in designated Series of the Trust.
    

MULTIPLE ALLOCATION DIVISION

MULTIPLE ALLOCATION SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  The  highest  total return,  consisting  of capital  appreciation  and current
  income, consistent  with  the  preservation  of  capital  and  elimination  of
  unnecessary risk.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment  in equity and debt securities and the use of certain sophisticated
  investment strategies and techniques.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Zweig Advisors Inc.

FULLY MANAGED DIVISION

FULLY MANAGED SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  High  total  investment  return  over  the  long  term,  consistent  with  the
  preservation of capital and prudent investment risk.
INVESTMENTS
  Pursues an active asset allocation strategy whereby investments are allocated,
  based  upon an  evaluation of economic  and market trends  and the anticipated
  relative total return available, among three asset classes -- debt securities,
  equity securities and money market instruments.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Weiss, Peck & Greer Advisers, Inc.

CAPITAL APPRECIATION DIVISION

CAPITAL APPRECIATION SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Long-term capital growth.
INVESTMENTS
  Invests in common  stocks and  preferred stock  that will  be allocated  among
  various  categories of stocks referred to as "components" which consist of the
  following: (i) The Growth Component  -- Securities that the portfolio  manager
  believes have the following characteristics: stability and quality of earnings
  and   positive   earnings  momentum;   dominant  competitive   positions;  and
  demonstrate above-average  growth  rates  as compared  to  published  S&P  500
  earnings  projections; and  (ii) The  Value Component  -- Securities  that the
  portfolio manager  regards  as  fundamentally  undervalued,  i.e.,  securities
  selling  at a  discount to  asset value and  securities with  a relatively low
  price/earnings ratio. The securities eligible  for this component may  include
  real  estate stocks, such  as securities of  publicly-owned companies that, in
  the portfolio manager's  judgement, offer  an optimum  combination of  current
  dividend  yield, expected dividend growth, and discount to current real estate
  value.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Chancellor Trust Company

RISING DIVIDENDS DIVISION

RISING DIVIDENDS SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Capital appreciation, with dividend income as a secondary objective.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment in  equity  securities of  high  quality companies  that  meet  the
  following  four criteria: consistent  dividend increases; substantial dividend
  increases; reinvested profits; and an under-leveraged balance sheet.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Kayne, Anderson Investment Management, Inc.

ALL-GROWTH DIVISION

ALL-GROWTH SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Capital appreciation.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment in securities selected for their long term growth prospects.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc.

REAL ESTATE DIVISION
REAL ESTATE SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Capital appreciation, with current income as a secondary objective.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment in  publicly traded  equity  securities of  companies in  the  real
  estate industry listed on national exchanges or on the National Association of
  Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Chancellor Trust Company

NATURAL RESOURCES DIVISION

NATURAL RESOURCES SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Long-term capital appreciation.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment  in  equity  and  debt  securities  of  companies  engaged  in  the
  exploration, development, production, and distribution of natural resources.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Van Eck Associates Corporation

VALUE EQUITY DIVISION

VALUE EQUITY SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Capital appreciation with a secondary objective of dividend income.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment primarily in equity securities  of U.S. and foreign issuers  which,
  when  purchased, meet quantitative standards believed by the Portfolio Manager
  to indicate  above  average  financial  soundness  and  high  intrinsic  value
  relative to price.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Eagle Asset Management, Inc.

EMERGING MARKETS DIVISION

EMERGING MARKETS SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Long term growth of capital.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment  primarily in equity securities of companies that are considered to
  be in emerging market countries in the Pacific Basin and Latin America. Income
  is not  an objective,  and  any production  of  current income  is  considered
  incidental to the objective of growth of capital.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Bankers Trust Company

LIMITED MATURITY BOND DIVISION

LIMITED MATURITY BOND SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Highest  current income consistent  with low risk  to principal and liquidity.
  Also seeks  to enhance  its  total return  through capital  appreciation  when
  market  factors indicate  that capital  appreciation may  be available without
  significant risk to principal.
INVESTMENTS
   
  Investment primarily  in  a diversified  portfolio  of limited  maturity  debt
  securities.  No  individual  security will  at  the  time of  purchase  have a
  remaining maturity longer  than seven  years and  the dollar-weighted  average
  maturity of the Series will not exceed five years.
    
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Bankers Trust Company

LIQUID ASSET DIVISION

LIQUID ASSET SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  High  level of current income consistent  with the preservation of capital and
  liquidity.
INVESTMENTS
  Obligations of the  U.S. Government  and its  agencies and  instrumentalities;
  bank obligations; commercial paper and short-term corporate debt securities.
TERM
  All issues maturing in less than one year.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
   
  Bankers Trust Company
    

THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D

The  Global  Account is  the only  portfolio  of Account  D available  under the
contract. The  Global  Account is  a  non-diversified investment  company  which
invests  directly  in securities.  There  can be  no  assurance that  the Global
Account will  meet its  investment objective.  Account D  may also  offer  other
portfolios  which are not available through the purchase of the contract offered
by this  prospectus. DSI  serves as  Manager of  Account D  and Warburg,  Pincus
serves as Portfolio Manager of the Global Account.

THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT DIVISION

THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT PORTFOLIO
OBJECTIVE
  High  total investment  return, consistent with  a prudent  regard for capital
  preservation.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

INVESTMENTS
  Investment in a  wide range  of equity and  debt securities  and money  market
  instruments of both domestic and foreign issuers.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc.
ADVISORY FEE
  0.60%  of the  first $500  million of  average daily  net assets  on an annual
  basis; and 0.50% of the excess over $500 million.

The initial  organizational expenses  of  the Global  Account were  advanced  by
Golden  American.  The  Global  Account  reimburses  Golden  American  for  such
expenses, which  are amortized  over five  years  from the  date of  the  Global
Account's commencement of operations.

   
FOR  COMPLETE  INFORMATION  ABOUT  THE  MANAGED  GLOBAL  ACCOUNT  OF  ACCOUNT D,
INCLUDING THE RISKS  ASSOCIATED WITH  ITS INVESTMENTS, SEE  PART II,  INVESTMENT
OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES OF THE GLOBAL ACCOUNT.
    

CHANGES WITHIN ACCOUNT B AND ACCOUNT D

   
We  may from time  to time make additional  Divisions available. These Divisions
will invest in investment portfolios we find suitable for the contract. We  also
have  the right to eliminate investment Divisions  from Account B and Account D,
to combine two  or more  Divisions, or  to substitute  a new  portfolio for  the
portfolio  in which a Division invests.  A substitution may become necessary if,
in our judgment, a portfolio no longer suits the purposes of the contract.  This
may  happen due to a change in laws or regulations, or a change in a portfolio's
investment objectives or  restrictions, or  because the portfolio  is no  longer
available  for investment, or for some other reason. In addition, we reserve the
right to transfer assets of  Account B and Account D,  which we determine to  be
associated  with  the class  of  contracts to  which  your contract  belongs, to
another account. If  necessary, we will  get prior approval  from the  insurance
department  of  our  state of  domicile  before  making such  a  substitution or
transfer. We will  also get any  required approval  from the SEC  and any  other
required approvals before making such a substitution or transfer. We will notify
you as soon as practicable of any proposed changes.
    

When permitted by law, We reserve the right to:
(1) deregister an account under the 1940 Act;

(2) operate an account as a management company
    under the 1940 Act if it is operating as a unit investment trust;

(3) operate an account as a unit investment trust
    under the 1940 Act if it is operating as a managed separate account;

(4) restrict or eliminate any voting rights as to the
    accounts; and

(5) combine an account with other accounts.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT

   
Premium  payments  may be  allocated to  the Fixed  Account at  the time  of the
initial premium payment or as subsequently elected. In addition, all or part  of
your  Accumulation  Value  may  be  transferred  to  the  Fixed  Account. Assets
supporting amounts allocated  to the  Fixed Account  are available  to fund  the
claims  of all classes  of our customers, owners  and other creditors. Interests
under your  Contract relating  to the  Fixed Account  are registered  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933 but  the Fixed Account is  not registered under the 1940
Act.
    

  SELECTING THE GUARANTEE PERIOD
   
  You may select one or more Fixed Allocations with specified Guarantee  Periods
  for  investment. We currently offer Guarantee  Periods with durations of 1, 3,
  5, 7 and 10 years.  We reserve the right at  any time to decrease or  increase
  the  number  of  Guarantee  Periods offered,  and  to  discontinue  offering a
  Guarantee  Period.  Each   Fixed  Allocation   will  have   a  Maturity   Date
  corresponding  to  the  last  day  of the  calendar  month  of  the applicable
  Guarantee Period.  At least  30 calendar  days prior  to a  Maturity Date,  or
  earlier  if required by state or federal law,  we will forward to you a notice
  describing the Guarantee Periods available as of the date of such notice.  The
  notice  will list the  Guaranteed Interest Rates we  then currently credit for
  those Guarantee Periods.
    

   
  Your Accumulation Value  in the  Fixed Account equals  the sum  of your  Fixed
  Allocations  plus the interest  credited thereto, as  adjusted for any partial
  withdrawals,  reallocations  or  other  charges  we  may  impose.  Your  Fixed
  Allocation will be credited with the Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect on the
  date we receive and accept your premium or reallocation of Accumulation Value.
  The  Guaranteed  Interest Rate  will  be credited  daily  to yield  the quoted
  Guaranteed Interest Rate.
    

  TRANSFERS FROM A FIXED ALLOCATION
   
  You may transfer  your Accumulation Value  from a Fixed  Allocation to one  or
  more new Fixed Allocations with new Guarantee Periods of any length offered by
  us  or to  the Divisions  of Account  B or  Account D.  Unless you  specify in
  writing the  Fixed  Allocations  from  which  such  transfers  will  be  made,
    

                                       16
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
  we  will  transfer  amounts  from  the  Fixed  Allocations  starting  with the
  Guarantee Period  nearest  its  Maturity  Date, until  we  have  honored  your
  transfer request.

   
  Transfers  made within 30  days prior to  the Maturity Date  of the applicable
  Guarantee Period or pursuant to the dollar cost averaging program will not  be
  subject  to a  Market Value  Adjustment. All  other transfers  from your Fixed
  Allocations will be subject to a  Market Value Adjustment. The minimum  amount
  that can be transferred to or from any Fixed Allocation is $250. If a transfer
  request would reduce the Accumulation Value remaining in your Fixed Allocation
  to  less  than $250,  we  will treat  such transfer  request  as a  request to
  transfer the entire Accumulation Value in such Fixed Allocation.
    

   
  At the end of a Fixed Allocation's Guarantee Period, you may transfer  amounts
  in  that  Fixed  Allocation  to  the  Divisions  and  one  or  more  new Fixed
  Allocations with Guarantee Periods of any  length then offered by us. You  may
  not, however, transfer amounts to any Fixed Allocation with a Guarantee Period
  that extends beyond your annuity commencement date.
    

   
  We will notify you of your right to transfer amounts at least 30 days prior to
  the end of the Guarantee Period. Prior to the end of such Guarantee Period you
  must notify us as to which Division or new Guarantee Period you have selected.
  If  timely instructions are  not received, we  will transfer your Accumulation
  Value to a Fixed  Allocation with a  Guarantee Period equal  in length to  the
  expiring  Guarantee  Period.  If such  Guarantee  Period is  not  available or
  extends  beyond  your  annuity  commencement  date,  we  will  transfer   your
  Accumulation Value to the next shortest Guarantee Period which does not extend
  beyond  the  annuity  commencement  date.  If  no  such  Guarantee  Period  is
  available,  we  will  transfer  your  Accumulation  Value  to  the   Specially
  Designated Division.
    

  GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES
   
  We  do not  have a specific  formula for establishing  the Guaranteed Interest
  Rates for  the different  Guarantee Periods.  The determination  made will  be
  influenced  by, but not necessarily correspond to, interest rates available on
  fixed income investments which we may  acquire with the amounts we receive  as
  premium  payments or reallocations of  Accumulation Value under the contracts.
  These amounts  will be  invested primarily  in investment-grade  fixed  income
  securities including: securities issued by the United States Government or its
  agencies  or instrumentalities, which  issues may or may  not be guaranteed by
  the United States Government;  debt securities that  have an investment  grade
  rating,  at the time of  purchase, within the four  highest grades assigned by
  Moody's Investor  Services,  Inc. (Aaa,  Aa,  A  or Baa),  Standard  &  Poor's
  Corporation  (AAA, AA,  A or  BBB) or  any other  nationally recognized rating
  service; mortgage-backed securities  collateralized by the  Federal Home  Loan
  Mortgage  Association,  the  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  or  the
  Government National Mortgage  Association, or  that have  an investment  grade
  rating at the time of purchase within the four highest grades described above;
  other  debt investments; commercial  paper; and cash  or cash equivalents. You
  will have no direct  or indirect interest in  these investments. We will  also
  consider other factors in determining the Guaranteed Interest Rates, including
  regulatory and tax requirements, sales commissions and administrative expenses
  borne  by  us,  general economic  trends  and competitive  factors.  We cannot
  predict or guarantee  the level of  future interest rates.  However, no  Fixed
  Allocation will ever have a Guaranteed Interest Rate of less than 3% per year.
    

  While  the foregoing generally describes  our investment strategy with respect
  to the  Fixed  Account,  we are  not  obligated  to invest  according  to  any
  particular  strategy, except  as may be  required by Delaware  and other state
  insurance laws.

  PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
   
  Prior to the annuity commencement date  and while your contract is in  effect,
  you  may  take partial  withdrawals  from the  Accumulation  Value in  a Fixed
  Allocation by sending satisfactory notice to our Customer Service Center.  You
  may  make  systematic  withdrawals  of interest  earnings  only  from  a Fixed
  Allocation under  our  Systematic  Partial Withdrawal  Option.  (See,  Partial
  Withdrawals,  Systematic Partial Withdrawal Option.)  Withdrawals from a Fixed
  Allocation  taken  within  30  days  of  the  Maturity  Date  and   systematic
  withdrawals are not subject to a Market Value Adjustment; however, a surrender
  charge  may be imposed. Systematic withdrawals from a Fixed Allocation are not
  permitted if such Fixed Allocation  participates in the dollar cost  averaging
  program. Withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences, including a 10%
  penalty  tax.  See  Surrender  Charge,  Surrender  Charge  for  Excess Partial
  Withdrawals and Federal Tax Considerations.
    

   
  You must specify the Division  of either Account B or  Account D or the  Fixed
  Allocation from which your
    

                                       17
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
   
  partial  withdrawal will be made. If you  do not specify the investment option
  from which the partial withdrawal will  be taken, we will assess your  partial
  withdrawal  against the  Divisions of Account  B and  Account D on  a pro rata
  basis.  If  there  is  no  Accumulation  Value  in  those  Divisions,  partial
  withdrawals  will be  deducted from your  Fixed Allocations  starting with the
  Guarantee Periods  nearest their  Maturity Dates  until we  have honored  your
  request.
    

  MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
   
  We  will apply  a Market  Value Adjustment,  determined by  application of the
  formula described below, in the following circumstances: (i) whenever you make
  a withdrawal or transfer  from a Fixed Allocation,  other than withdrawals  or
  transfers  made within  30 days  prior to the  Maturity Date  of the Guarantee
  Period, systematic  partial  withdrawals,  or  pursuant  to  the  dollar  cost
  averaging  program; and (ii) on the  annuity commencement date with respect to
  any Fixed Allocation having a Guarantee Period that does not end on or  within
  30 days after the annuity commencement date.
    

  The Market Value Adjustment is determined by multiplying the amount withdrawn,
  transferred or annuitized by the following factor:

<TABLE>
<C>        <C>              <S>        <C>
        (        1+I        )N/365
              1+J+.0025                -1
</TABLE>

   
  Where  "I" is the Index Rate for a Fixed Allocation as of the first day of the
  applicable Guarantee Period; "J" is the  Index Rate for new Fixed  Allocations
  with  Guarantee Periods  equal to  the number  of years  (fractional years are
  rounded up to the  next full year)  remaining in the  Guarantee Period at  the
  time  of the withdrawal,  transfer or annuitization; and  "N" is the remaining
  number of days in the Guarantee Period at the time of the withdrawal, transfer
  or annuitization.
    

   
  The Index Rate is the  average of the Ask Yields  for U.S. Treasury Strips  as
  reported  by  a  national quoting  service  for the  applicable  maturity. The
  average is based on  the period from  the 22nd day of  the calendar month  two
  months prior to the calendar month of the Index Rate determination to the 21st
  day of the calendar month immediately prior to the month of determination. The
  applicable  maturity is the maturity date for these U.S. Treasury Strips on or
  next following the last day of the Guarantee Period. If the Ask Yields are  no
  longer  available,  the Index  Rate will  be determined  using a  suitable re-
  placement method approved by  the insurance department of  the state in  which
  this Contract was delivered.
    

   
  We  currently set the Index Rate once each calendar month. However, we reserve
  the right to set the Index Rate more frequently than monthly, but in no  event
  will such Index Rate be based upon a period of less than 28 days.
    

   
  If a full surrender, transfer or annuitization has been requested, the balance
  of  the Market Value Adjustment will be added to or subtracted from the amount
  surrendered, transferred or annuitized. If  a partial withdrawal, transfer  or
  annuitization  has  been  requested,  the  Market  Value  Adjustment  will  be
  calculated on  the  total  amount  that  must  be  withdrawn,  transferred  or
  annuitized  in order  to provide  the amount  requested. If  a negative Market
  Value Adjustment exceeds the Accumulation Value in the Fixed Allocation,  such
  transaction  will be considered  a full surrender,  transfer or annuitization.
  The Appendix contains several examples which illustrate the application of the
  Market Value Adjustment.
    

   
  The Market Value Adjustment  may result in either  an increase or decrease  in
  the  Accumulation Value of your Fixed  Allocation. Because of the Market Value
  Adjustment provision of the  contract, you bear the  investment risk that  the
  Guaranteed  Interest Rates offered by us at  the time you make a withdrawal or
  transfer from a Fixed  Allocation or start receiving  annuity payments may  be
  higher  or lower than the Guaranteed Interest  Rate of the Fixed Allocation to
  which the  Market  Value Adjustment  is  applied,  with the  result  that  the
  Accumulation  Value of your  Fixed Allocation may  be substantially reduced or
  increased. This will depend on the relationship of (1) the Guaranteed Interest
  Rate credited to the Fixed Allocation  from which the withdrawal, transfer  or
  annuitization  is made, to (2) the current Guaranteed Interest Rate offered by
  us for the  Guarantee Period equal  to the  number of years  remaining in  the
  Guarantee  Period as of such  date. If the Guaranteed  Interest Rate of (1) is
  higher than  the then  current Guaranteed  Interest Rate  of (2)  plus  .0025,
  application  of the Market Value Adjustment will result in an increase in your
  Accumulation Value. If the Guaranteed Interest  Rate of (1) is lower than  the
  then  current Guaranteed Interest  Rate of (2) plus  .0025, application of the
  Market Value Adjustment will result in a decrease in your Accumulation Value.
    

                                       18
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT

THE OWNER

You are the owner. You are also the annuitant unless another annuitant is  named
in the application or enrollment form. You have the rights and options described
in the contract. One or more persons may own the contract. If there are multiple
owners  named, the age of the oldest  owner shall determine the applicable death
benefit.
Death of an owner activates the death  benefit provision. In the case of a  sole
owner  who  dies  prior  to  the annuity  commencement  date,  we  will  pay the
beneficiary the death  benefit then  due. The sole  owner's estate  will be  the
beneficiary  if no  beneficiary designation is  in effect, or  if the designated
beneficiary has predeceased  the owner.  In the  case of  a joint  owner of  the
contract  dying prior  to the annuity  commencement date, we  will designate the
surviving  owner(s)  as  the  beneficiary(ies).  This  supersedes  any  previous
beneficiary designation.

In  the case where the owner is a trust  and a beneficial owner of the trust has
been designated,  the beneficial  owner will  be  treated as  the owner  of  the
contract solely for the purpose of activating the death benefit provisions. If a
beneficial  owner is  changed or  added after  the contract  date, this  will be
treated as a change of owner for purposes of determining the death benefit.  See
Change  of Owner or  Beneficiary. If no  beneficial owner of  the Trust has been
designated, the level  of death benefit  will be  determined by the  age of  the
annuitant at issue.

THE ANNUITANT

The  annuitant is the person designated by the owner to be the measuring life in
determining annuity payments. The owner will receive the annuity benefits of the
contract if the  annuitant is living  on the annuity  commencement date. If  the
annuitant  dies before the annuity commencement date, and a contingent annuitant
has been named, the contingent annuitant becomes the annuitant (unless the owner
is not an  individual, in which  case the death  benefit becomes payable).  Once
named, the annuitant may not be changed at any time.

If there is no contingent annuitant when the annuitant dies prior to the annuity
commencement  date, the owner will become the annuitant. The owner may designate
a new annuitant within 60 days of the death of the annuitant.

If there is no contingent annuitant when the annuitant dies prior to the annuity
commencement date  and  the  owner  is  not  an  individual,  we  will  pay  the
beneficiary  the death benefit then due. The  beneficiary will be as provided in
the beneficiary designation then in effect. If no beneficiary designation is  in
effect,  or if there is no designated  beneficiary living, the owner will be the
beneficiary. If the  annuitant was the  sole owner and  there is no  beneficiary
designation, the annuitant's estate will be the beneficiary.

   
Regardless  of whether a death benefit is payable, if the annuitant dies and any
owner is  not  an  individual,  such  death  will  trigger  application  of  the
distribution  rules imposed by Federal tax  law. See Federal Tax Considerations,
Distribution-at-Death Rules.
    

THE BENEFICIARY

The beneficiary is the person to whom we pay death benefit proceeds if the owner
dies prior to the  annuity commencement date. We  pay death benefit proceeds  to
the  primary beneficiary  (unless there  are joint  owners, in  which case death
proceeds are payable  to the surviving  owner(s)). See Proceeds  Payable to  the
Beneficiary.

If  the  beneficiary  dies before  the  annuitant  or owner,  the  death benefit
proceeds are  paid  to  the contingent  beneficiary,  if  any. If  there  is  no
surviving beneficiary, we pay the death benefit proceeds to the owner's estate.

   
One  or more  persons who  must be  individuals may  be named  as beneficiary or
contingent beneficiary.  In  the  case  of more  than  one  beneficiary,  unless
otherwise specified, we will assume any death benefit proceeds are to be paid in
equal shares to the surviving beneficiaries.
    

You  have  the right  to change  beneficiaries  during the  annuitant's lifetime
unless you  have  designated an  irrevocable  beneficiary. When  an  irrevocable
beneficiary  has been designated,  you and the  irrevocable beneficiary must act
together to exercise the rights and options under the contract.

CHANGE OF OWNER OR BENEFICIARY

   
During the annuitant's lifetime  and while your contract  is in effect, you  may
transfer   ownership  of  the  contract  (if  purchased  in  connection  with  a
non-qualified plan) subject to our published rules at the time of the change.  A
change  in  ownership  may  affect  the amount  of  the  death  benefit  and the
guaranteed death benefit. You may also change the beneficiary. To make either of
these changes,  you  must  send us  written  notice  of the  change  in  a  form
satisfactory  to us.  The change will  take effect as  of the day  the notice is
signed. The change will not affect any payment made or action taken by us before
recording  the  change  at  our   Customer  Service  Center.  See  Federal   Tax
Considerations, Transfer of Annuity Contracts, and Assignments.
    

AVAILABILITY OF THE CONTRACT

We  can issue a contract if both the  annuitant and the owner are not older than
age 85.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)

TYPES OF CONTRACTS

QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
  The  contract  may  be  issued  as  an  Individual  Retirement  Annuity  or in
  connection with  an individual  retirement account.  In the  latter case,  the
  contract  will be issued without an Individual Retirement Annuity endorsement,
  and the rights of the participant under  the contract will be affected by  the
  terms  and  conditions  of  the  particular  individual  retirement  trust  or
  custodial  account,  and  by  provisions  of  the  Code  and  the  regulations
  thereunder.  For example, the individual retirement trust or custodial account
  will  impose  minimum  distribution  rules,  which  require  distributions  to
  commence  not later than April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar
  year in which you attain age 70 1/2. For both Individual Retirement  Annuities
  and individual retirement accounts, the minimum initial premium is $1,500.

  IF  THE  CONTRACT IS  PURCHASED TO  FUND A  QUALIFIED PLAN,  DISTRIBUTION MUST
  COMMENCE NOT LATER THAN APRIL 1ST OF THE CALENDAR YEAR FOLLOWING THE  CALENDAR
  YEAR IN WHICH YOU ATTAIN AGE 70 1/2.

NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
  The  contract may fund any non-qualified  plan. Non-qualified contracts do not
  qualify for any tax-favored treatment other than the benefits provided for  by
  annuities.

YOUR RIGHT TO SELECT OR CHANGE CONTRACT OPTIONS

Before  the annuity commencement  date, you may  change the annuity commencement
date, frequency of annuity payments or  the annuity option by sending a  written
request  to our Customer Service Center. The annuitant may not be changed at any
time.

PREMIUMS

   
You purchase the contract  with an initial  premium. After the  end of the  free
look  period, you  may make additional  premium payments.  See Making Additional
Premium Payments. The  minimum initial  premium is $10,000  for a  non-qualified
contract and $1,500 for a qualified contract.
    

   
You  must receive our prior approval before making a premium payment that causes
the Accumulation Value  of all  annuities that you  maintain with  us to  exceed
$1,000,000. We may change the minimum initial or additional premium requirements
for   certain  group   or  sponsored   arrangements.  See   Group  or  Sponsored
Arrangements.
    

QUALIFIED PLANS
   
  For IRA contracts, the annual premium on behalf of any individual contract may
  not exceed $2,000.  Provided your spouse  does not make  a contribution to  an
  IRA,  you  may set  up  a spousal  IRA  even if  your  spouse has  earned some
  compensation during the year. The maximum deductible amount for a spousal  IRA
  program  is the lesser of  $2,250 or 100% of  your compensation reduced by the
  contribution (if  any) made  by you  for the  taxable year  to your  own  IRA.
  However, no more than $2,000 can go to either your or your spouse's IRA in any
  one  year. For example,  $1,750 may go to  your IRA and  $500 to your spouse's
  IRA. These maximums  are not  applicable if  the premium  is the  result of  a
  rollover from another qualified plan.
    

WHERE TO MAKE PAYMENTS
  Remit premium payments to our Customer Service Center. The address is shown on
  the cover. We will send you a confirmation notice.

MAKING ADDITIONAL PREMIUM PAYMENTS

You  may make additional premium payments after the end of the free look period.
We can accept additional  premium payments until either  the annuitant or  owner
reaches  the attained age of 85  under non-qualified plans. For qualified plans,
no contributions may be made  to an IRA contract for  the taxable year in  which
you  attain age 70  1/2 and thereafter (except  for rollover contributions). The
minimum additional premium payment  we will accept is  $500 for a  non-qualified
plan and $250 for a qualified plan.

CREDITING PREMIUM PAYMENTS

The  initial premium will  be accepted or  rejected within two  business days of
receipt by us if accompanied by information sufficient to permit us to determine
if we are able to issue a contract.  We may retain an initial premium for up  to
five  business days while attempting to  obtain information sufficient to enable
us to issue the contract. If we are  unable to do so within five business  days,
the  applicant or enrollee will be informed of the reasons for the delay and the
initial premium will be  returned immediately unless  the applicant or  enrollee
consents  to  our  retaining the  initial  premium  until we  have  received the
information we require. Thereafter, all additional premiums will be accepted  on
the day received.

   
In  certain  states  we  will also  accept,  by  agreement  with broker-dealers,
transmittal of initial and  additional premium payments by  wire order from  the
broker-dealer  to  our  Customer  Service  Center.  Such  transmittals  must  be
accompanied by  a  simultaneous telephone  facsimile  or other  electronic  data
transmission  containing  the  essential  information  we  require  to  open  an
    

                                       20
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
   
account and allocate the premium payment. Contact our Customer Service Center to
find out about state availability and broker-dealer requirements.
    
   
Upon our acceptance of premium payments received via wire order and  accompanied
by  sufficient  electronically  transmitted  data, we  will  issue  the contract
allocate the  premium payment  according to  your instructions,  and invest  the
payment  at the  value next  determined following  receipt. See  Restrictions on
Allocation of Premium Payments. Wire  orders not accompanied by sufficient  data
to  enable us  to accept  the premium  payment may  be retained  for up  to five
business days while we attempt to obtain information sufficient to enable us  to
issue  the contract. If we are unable to do so, our Customer Service Center will
inform the broker-dealer, on behalf of the applicant or enrollee, of the reasons
for the delay and  return the premium payment  immediately to the  broker-dealer
for  return  to the  applicant  or enrollee,  unless  the applicant  or enrollee
specifically consents  to allow  us  to retain  the  premium payment  until  our
Customer Service Center receives the required information.
    
On the date we receive and accept your initial or additional premium payment:

   
(1) We allocate the initial premium among the
Divisions  and Fixed Allocations according to  your instructions, subject to any
    restrictions. See  Restrictions  on  Allocation  of  Premium  Payments.  For
    additional  premium payments,  the Accumulation  Value will  increase by the
    amount of  the premium.  If we  do not  receive instructions  from you,  the
    increase  in the Accumulation Value will be allocated among the Divisions in
    proportion to the amount  of Accumulation Value in  each Division as of  the
    date  we receive and accept  the additional premium payment.  If there is no
    Accumulation Value in the Divisions, the increase in the Accumulation  Value
    will be allocated to the Fixed Account.
    
(2) For an initial premium, we calculate the
guaranteed  death  benefit.  When  an additional  premium  payment  is  made, we
    increase the guaranteed death benefit.
Following receipt and acceptance  of the wire order  and accompanying data,  and
investment  of the premium payment, we will follow one of the two procedures set
forth below.  The one  we follow  is determined  by state  availability and  the
procedures of the broker-dealer which submitted the wire order.
   
(1) We will issue the contract. However, until we have
    received  and accepted a properly  completed application or enrollment form,
    we reserve the right to  rescind the contract. If  the form is not  received
    within  fifteen days of receipt  of the premium payment,  we will refund the
    Accumulation Value plus any  charges we deducted, and  the contract will  be
    voided.  Some  states require  that  we return  the  premium paid.  In these
    states, different rules will apply.
    

   
(2) Based on the information provided, we will issue
    the contract. We will mail the contract to you, together with an Application
    Acknowledgement Statement. You must execute the Application  Acknowledgement
    Statement  and return  it to  us at  our Customer  Service Center.  Until we
    receive the executed Application Acknowledgement Statement, neither you  nor
    the broker-dealer may execute any financial transactions with respect to the
    contract  unless such transactions are appropriately requested in writing by
    you.
    

RESTRICTIONS ON ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS

   
We may  require that  an initial  premium designated  for a  Division of  either
Account  B or Account D be allocated to the Specially Designated Division during
the free look period for initial  premiums received from some states. After  the
free  look  period,  if your  initial  premium  was allocated  to  the Specially
Designated Division, we will  transfer the Accumulation  Value to the  Divisions
you  previously  selected  based  on the  index  of  investment  experience next
computed for each Division.  See Part I,  Measurement of Investment  Experience,
Index  of Investment Experience and Unit  Value. Initial premiums designated for
the Fixed Account  will be allocated  to a Fixed  Allocation with the  Guarantee
Period you have chosen.
    

   
EXCHANGE PROGRAM
    

   
We  currently offer an exchange program  (the "Exchange Program") available only
to purchasers  who exchange  an existing  contract issued  by another  insurance
company  not affiliated with us (an "Exchange Contract") for our contract or who
add, under certain qualified plans, to an existing contract by using an Exchange
Contract. However, we  reserve the right  to modify, suspend,  or terminate  the
Exchange  Program at any  time or from time  to time without  notice. If such an
Exchange Program is  in effect,  it will  apply to  all such  exchanges for  our
contract,  although at any time  we may limit the  Exchange Program to contracts
not issued in connection with a qualified plan.
    

   
The Exchange  Program is  available only  where permitted  by law  to owners  of
insurance  or annuity contracts deemed not  to constitute "securities" issued by
an investment company. Therefore,  while a currently  owned variable annuity  or
variable  life insurance  policy may be  exchanged for our  contract pursuant to
    

                                       21
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
   
Section 1035 of the Code, or where  applicable, may qualify for a "rollover"  or
transfer  pursuant  to certain  other sections  of the  Code, such  an exchange,
"rollover" or transfer will not qualify for the Exchange Program.
    

   
You should carefully evaluate whether  any particular Exchange Program we  offer
benefits  you more than if you continue  to hold your Exchange Contract. Factors
to consider include, but are not limited to: (a) the amount of surrender charges
under your  Exchange  Contract;  (b)  the time  remaining  under  your  Exchange
Contract during which surrender charges apply; (c) the on-going charges, if any,
under your Exchange Contract versus the on-going charges under our contract; (d)
the  surrender charges  under our  contract; (e)  the amount  and timing  of any
benefits under such an Exchange Program; and (f) the potentially greater cost to
you if the  surrender charge on  our Contract  or the surrender  charge on  your
Exchange  Contract exceeds  the benefits under  such an  Exchange Program. There
could be adverse Federal income tax  consequences. You should consult with  your
tax  advisor as  to the tax  consequences of  such an exchange.  See Federal Tax
Considerations.
    

   
Under the current Exchange Program we  add certain amounts to your  Accumulation
Value  as credits ("Credits"). Such Credits are  credited by us on behalf of the
owner of an Exchange Contract with funds from our general account. Credits equal
the surrender  charge  paid, if  any,  by the  owner  of an  Exchange  Contract.
Different rules apply for qualified plans.
    

   
For  a complete description  of the Exchange  Program including any restrictions
and limits that may apply, please call our Customer Service Center.
    

YOUR RIGHT TO REALLOCATE

   
You may  reallocate  your  Accumulation  Value among  the  Divisions  and  Fixed
Allocations  at the end  of the free look  period. We currently  do not assess a
charge for allocation changes made during a contract year. We reserve the right,
however, to assess  a $25 charge  for each allocation  change after the  twelfth
allocation  change in a contract year. We require that each reallocation of your
Accumulation Value equal  at least $250  or, if less,  your entire  Accumulation
Value within a Division or Fixed Allocation. We reserve the right to limit, upon
notice, the maximum number of reallocations you may make within a contract year.
In  addition, we reserve  the right to  defer the reallocation  privilege at any
time we are unable to purchase or redeem  shares of The GCG Trust or Account  D.
We  also reserve the right to modify  or terminate your right to reallocate your
Accumulation Value  at  any time  in  accordance  with applicable  law.  When  a
reallocation  is made, we  redeem shares of the  Series underlying the Divisions
you are transferring from at their net asset value. Reallocations from the Fixed
Account are subject to the Market Value  Adjustment unless taken as part of  the
dollar  cost averaging  program or within  30 days  of the Maturity  Date of the
applicable Guarantee Period. To make a reallocation change, you must provide  us
with satisfactory notice at our Customer Service Center.
    

   
We  reserve the right to limit the  number of reallocations of your Accumulation
Value among  the Divisions  and  Fixed Allocations  or refuse  any  reallocation
request  if  we  believe  that:  (a) excessive  trading  by  you  or  a specific
reallocation request may have a detrimental  effect on unit values or the  share
prices  of the  underlying Series; or  (b) we are  informed by The  GCG Trust or
Account D that the purchase or redemption of shares is to be restricted  because
of  excessive trading  or a specific  reallocation or group  of reallocations is
deemed to have a detrimental effect on share prices of The GCG Trust or  Account
D.
    

   
Where  permitted  by  law,  we  may accept  your  authorization  of  third party
reallocation on your behalf, subject to our rules. We may suspend or cancel such
acceptance  at  any  time.  We  will  notify  you  of  any  such  suspension  or
cancellation.  We may restrict the Divisions  and Fixed Allocations that will be
available to you for  reallocations of premiums during  any period in which  you
authorize  such  third party  to  act on  your behalf.  We  will give  you prior
notification of  any  such  restrictions.  However, we  will  not  enforce  such
restrictions if we are provided evidence satisfactory to us that: (a) such third
party  has been appointed  by a court  of competent jurisdiction  to act on your
behalf; or (b) such third party has been appointed by you to act on your  behalf
for all your financial affairs.
    

   
Some restrictions may apply based on the free look provisions of the state where
the contract is issued. See Your Right to Cancel or Exchange Your Contract.
    

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING

   
If  you have at least $10,000 of Accumulation Value in the Limited Maturity Bond
Division, the  Liquid Asset  Division or  a  Fixed Allocation  with a  one  year
Guarantee  Period, you may  elect the dollar  cost averaging program  and have a
specified  dollar  amount  transferred  from  those  Divisions  or  such   Fixed
Allocation on a monthly basis.
    

The  main  objective of  dollar  cost averaging  is  to attempt  to  shield your
investment from short term price

                                       22
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
   
fluctuations. Since the  same dollar  amount is transferred  to other  Divisions
each  month, more units are purchased in a Division if the value per unit is low
and less units are purchased if the value per unit is high.
    

   
Therefore, a lower than  average value per  unit may be  achieved over the  long
term.  This  plan of  investing  allows investors  to  take advantage  of market
fluctuations but does not assure a profit or protect against a loss in declining
markets.
    
   
Dollar cost averaging may be  elected at issue or at  a later date. The  minimum
amount  that may be transferred each month is $250. The maximum amount which may
be transferred is equal to your Accumulation Value in the Limited Maturity  Bond
Division,  the  Liquid Asset  Division or  a  Fixed Allocation  with a  one year
Guarantee Period when you  elect the dollar cost  averaging program, divided  by
12.
    
   
The transfer date will be the same calendar day each month as the contract date.
The  dollar amount will be allocated to  the Divisions in which you are invested
in proportion to  your Accumulation Value  in each Division  unless you  specify
otherwise. If, on any transfer date, your Accumulation Value is equal to or less
than  the amount you have elected to have transferred, the entire amount will be
transferred and the program  will end. You may  change the transfer amount  once
each contract year, or cancel this program by sending satisfactory notice to our
Customer  Service Center at least seven days  before the next transfer date. Any
allocation under this program will not be included in determining if the  excess
allocation  charge will  apply. We currently  do not permit  transfers under the
dollar cost averaging program  from Fixed Allocations with  other than one  year
Guarantee  Periods.  Transfers from  a Fixed  Allocation  under the  dollar cost
averaging program will not be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. See,  Market
Value  Adjustment. A Fixed Allocation may not participate simultaneously in both
the dollar cost averaging program and the Systematic Partial Withdrawal Option.
    

WHAT HAPPENS IF A DIVISION IS NOT AVAILABLE

   
When a distribution is made from  an investment portfolio supporting a  Division
of  Account  B or  The Managed  Global Account  Division of  Account D  in which
reinvestment is not  available, we  will allocate the  distribution, unless  you
specify otherwise, to the Specially Designated Division.
    

   
Such a distribution can occur when (a) an investment portfolio matures, or (b) a
distribution  from a portfolio or Division cannot be reinvested in the portfolio
or Division due  to the unavailability  of securities for  acquisition. When  an
investment  portfolio matures, we will notify you  in writing 30 days in advance
of that date.  To elect  an allocation to  other than  the Specially  Designated
Division,  you must provide satisfactory notice to  us at least seven days prior
to the date the portfolio matures. Such allocations are not counted for purposes
of the number of free allocation  changes permitted. When a distribution from  a
portfolio  or  Division  cannot  be  reinvested  in  the  portfolio  due  to the
unavailability of securities for acquisition, we will notify you promptly  after
the  allocation has  occurred. If within  30 days you  allocate the Accumulation
Value from  the  Specially  Designated  Division to  other  Divisions  or  Fixed
Allocations of your choice, such allocations will not be included in determining
if the excess allocation charge will apply.
    

YOUR ACCUMULATION VALUE

   
Your  Accumulation Value is the sum of the  amounts in each of the Divisions and
the Fixed Allocations in which you are invested, and is the amount available for
investment at any time. You select the Divisions and Fixed Allocations to  which
to  allocate your Accumulation Value. We  adjust your Accumulation Value on each
Valuation Date to  reflect the  Divisions' investment  performance and  interest
credited  to your Fixed Allocations, any  additional premium payments or partial
withdrawals since the previous Valuation  Date, and on each contract  processing
date  to reflect  any deduction  of the  annual contract  fee. Your Accumulation
Value is applied to your choice of an annuity option on the annuity commencement
date subject to our published rules at such time. See Choosing an Income Plan.
    

ACCUMULATION VALUE IN EACH DIVISION

ON THE CONTRACT DATE
   
  On the contract date, your Accumulation Value is allocated to each Division as
  you have specified, unless the contract is issued in a state that requires the
  return of premium  payments during the  free look period,  in which case,  the
  portion  of your initial premium  not allocated to a  Fixed Allocation will be
  allocated to the Specially  Designated Division during  the free look  period.
  See Your Right to Cancel or Exchange Your Contract.
    

ON EACH VALUATION DATE
   
  At  the end  of each subsequent  valuation period, the  amount of Accumulation
  Value in each Division will be calculated as follows:
    

   
  (1) We take the Accumulation Value in the Division
      at the end of the preceding valuation period.
    

   
  (2) We multiply (1) by the Division's net rate of
      return for the current valuation period.
    

  (3) We add (1) and (2).

                                       23
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)

   
  (4) We add to (3) any additional premium
payments allocated to the Division during the current valuation period.
    

   
  (5) We add or subtract allocations to or from that
      Division during the current valuation period.
    

   
  (6) We subtract from (5) any partial withdrawals
      and any associated charges allocated  to that Division during the  current
      valuation period.
    

   
  (7) We subtract from (6) the amounts allocated to
      that Division for:
    

      (a) any contract fees; and

   
      (b) any charge for premium taxes.
    

   
  All  amounts in (7) are allocated to  each Division in the proportion that (6)
  bears to the Accumulation Value in Account B and Account D, unless the  Charge
  Deduction   Division  has  been  specified.  See  Charges  Deducted  from  the
  Accumulation Value.
    

MEASUREMENT OF INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE

INDEX OF INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE
AND UNIT VALUE
   
  The investment experience of a Division is determined on each valuation  date.
  We  use an  index to  measure changes in  each Division's  experience during a
  valuation period. We  set the index  at $10  when the first  investments in  a
  Division  are made. The index for a  current valuation period equals the index
  for the preceding valuation period multiplied by the experience factor for the
  current valuation period.
    

   
  We may express the  value of amounts  allocated to the  Divisions in terms  of
  units. We determine the number of units for a given amount on a valuation date
  by  dividing  the dollar  value  of that  amount  by the  index  of investment
  experience for that date. The index  of investment experience is equal to  the
  value of a unit.
    

HOW WE DETERMINE THE EXPERIENCE FACTOR
   
  For  Divisions  of Account  B the  experience  factor reflects  the investment
  experience of the Series of the Trust  in which a Division invests as well  as
  the  charges assessed against the Division  for a valuation period. The factor
  is calculated as follows:
    

   
  (1) We take the net asset value of the portfolio in
      which the Division invests at the end of the current valuation period.
    
  (2) We add to (1) the amount of any dividend or
      capital gains  distribution  declared  for the  investment  portfolio  and
      reinvested  in  such portfolio  during  the current  valuation  period. We
      subtract from that amount a charge for our taxes, if any.

  (3) We divide (2) by the net asset value of the
portfolio at the end of the preceding valuation period.

   
  (4) We subtract the applicable daily mortality and
      expense risk  charge from  each Division  for each  day in  the  valuation
      period.
    

   
  (5) We subtract the daily asset based
administrative charge from each Division for each day in the valuation period.
    

   
  Calculations  for Divisions  investing in  a Series  are made  on a  per share
  basis.
    

  For  the  Global  Account  the  experience  factor  reflects  the   investment
  experience  of the Global Account as well  as the charges assessed against the
  Global Account for a valuation period. The factor is calculated as follows:

  (1) We take the value of the assets in the Global
      Account at the end of the preceding valuation period.

  (2) We add to (1) any investment income and
capital gains, realized or unrealized, credited to the assets during the current
      valuation period.

  (3) We subtract from (2) any capital losses, realized
      or unrealized, charged  against the  assets during  the current  valuation
      period.

  (4) We subtract from (3) any amount charged
      against the Global Account for any taxes.

  (5) We    divide    (4)    by   the    value    of   the    assets    in   the
      Global Account at the end of the preceding valuation period.

  (6) We subtract from (5) the daily charge for
management and investment advice for each day in the valuation period.

  (7) We subtract from (6) a daily charge for
estimated operating expenses for each day in the valuation period.

   
  (8) We subtract from (7) the applicable daily charge
      for mortality and expense risks for each day in the valuation period.
    

  (9) We subtract from (8) the daily asset based
administrative charge for each day in the valuation period.

NET RATE OF RETURN FOR A DIVISION
   
  The net  rate of  return  for a  Division during  a  valuation period  is  the
  experience factor for that valuation period minus one.
    

                                       24
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)

CASH SURRENDER VALUE
   
Your  contract's  cash  surrender  value fluctuates  daily  with  the investment
results of the Divisions, interest credited to Fixed Allocations and any  Market
Value  Adjustment. We do not guarantee any  minimum cash surrender value. On any
date before the annuity commencement date  while the contract is in effect,  the
cash surrender value is calculated as follows:
    

   
  (1) We take the contract's Accumulation Value;
    

  (2) We deduct any surrender charge and any
      charge for premium taxes;

  (3) We deduct any charges incurred but not yet
      deducted; and
  (4) We adjust for any Market Value Adjustment.

SURRENDERING TO RECEIVE THE CASH SURRENDER VALUE

The  contract may be surrendered by the owner at any time while the annuitant is
living and before the annuity commencement date.
   
A surrender will be effective on the date your written request and the  contract
are  received  at  our Customer  Service  Center.  The cash  surrender  value is
determined and all benefits  under the contract will  then be terminated, as  of
that  date. You may receive the cash surrender  value in a single sum payment or
apply it under one  or more annuity  options. See The  Annuity Options. We  will
usually pay the cash surrender value within seven days but we may delay payment.
See, When We Make Payments.
    

PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

   
Prior  to the annuity commencement  date, while the annuitant  is living and the
contract is in effect,  you may take partial  withdrawals from the  Accumulation
Value  by sending satisfactory notice to our Customer Service Center. Unless you
specify otherwise, the amount of the withdrawal, including any surrender  charge
and  market  value adjustment,  will be  taken  in proportion  to the  amount of
Accumulation Value in each Division  in which you are  invested. If there is  no
Accumulation Value in those Divisions, partial withdrawals will be deducted from
your  Fixed  Allocations  starting  with  the  Guarantee  Periods  nearest their
Maturity Dates until we have honored your request.
    

   
There are  three  options  available  for  selecting  partial  withdrawals,  the
Conventional Partial Withdrawal Option, the Systematic Partial Withdrawal Option
and  the IRA Partial  Withdrawal Option. All three  options are described below.
The maximum  amount you  may withdraw  each contract  year without  incurring  a
surrender  charge is  15% of your  Accumulation Value. See  Surrender Charge for
Excess Partial Withdrawals.  Partial withdrawals  may not be  repaid. A  partial
withdrawal  request for an amount  in excess of 90%  of the cash surrender value
will be treated as a request to surrender the contract.
    

CONVENTIONAL PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL OPTION
   
  After the free look period, you may take conventional partial withdrawals. The
  minimum amount you may  withdraw under this option  is $1,000. A  conventional
  partial  withdrawal from a Fixed  Allocation may be subject  to a Market Value
  Adjustment.
    

SYSTEMATIC PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL OPTION
   
  This option may be elected at the time you apply for a contract, or at a later
  date. This  option may  be elected  to commence  in a  contract year  where  a
  conventional partial withdrawal has been taken. However, it may not be elected
  while the IRA Partial Withdrawal Option is in effect.
    

   
  You  may  choose to  receive systematic  partial withdrawals  on a  monthly or
  quarterly basis from  your Accumulation Value  in the Divisions  or the  Fixed
  Allocations. The commencement of payments under this option may not be elected
  to  start sooner than  28 days after  the contract issue  date. You select the
  date of the quarter or  month when the withdrawals will  be made but no  later
  than  the 28th day of the month. If  no date is selected, the withdrawals will
  be made on the same calendar day of each month as the contract date.
    

   
  You may select a dollar amount or a percentage of the Accumulation Value  from
  the  Divisions in  which you  are invested  as the  amount of  your withdrawal
  subject to the following maximums, but in no event can a payment be less  than
  $100:
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 FREQUENCY      MAXIMUM PERCENTAGE
- - ------------  -----------------------
<S>           <C>
Monthly                  1.25%
Quarterly...             3.75%
</TABLE>

   
  If  a dollar amount is selected and  the amount to be systematically withdrawn
  would exceed the applicable maximum  percentage of your Accumulation Value  on
  the  withdrawal date, the amount  withdrawn will be reduced  so that it equals
  such percentage. For example, if a $500 monthly withdrawal was elected and  on
  the  withdrawal  date  1.25%  of  the  Accumulation  Value  equaled  $300, the
  withdrawal amount would be  reduced to $300. If  a percentage is selected  and
  the  amount to be  systematically withdrawn based on  that percentage would be
  less than the minimum of $100, we  would increase the amount to $100  provided
  it  does  not  exceed the  maximum  percentage.  If it  is  below  the maximum
  percentage we will send the minimum. If it is above the maximum percentage  we
  will send the amount
    

                                       25
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
   
  and  then  cancel  the  option.  For  example,  if  you  selected  1.0%  to be
  systematically withdrawn on a monthly basis  and that amount equaled $90,  and
  since  $100 is less than 1.25% of  the Accumulation Value, we would send $100.
  If 1.0% equaled $75,  and since $100  is more than  1.25% of the  Accumulation
  Value  we would send $75 and then cancel  the option. In such a case, in order
  to receive systematic partial withdrawals in the future, you would be required
  to submit a new notice to our Customer Service Center.
    

  Systematic Partial Withdrawals from Fixed Allocations are limited to  interest
  earnings  during the  prior month  or quarter,  depending on  whether you have
  chosen a monthly or quarterly frequency, respectively. Systematic  withdrawals
  are not subject to a Market Value Adjustment. A Fixed Allocation, however, may
  not  participate simultaneously in both the  dollar cost averaging program and
  the Systematic Partial Withdrawal Option.

   
  You may change the amount or percentage of your withdrawal once each  contract
  year  or cancel this option at any  time by sending satisfactory notice to our
  Customer Service  Center at  least  seven days  prior  to the  next  scheduled
  withdrawal  date. However, you may not change the amount or percentage of your
  withdrawals in any  contract year  during which  you have  previously taken  a
  conventional partial withdrawal.
    

IRA PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL OPTION
  If you have an IRA contract and will attain age 70 1/2 in the current calendar
  year,  distributions will  be made to  you to satisfy  requirements imposed by
  Federal tax law. IRA partial withdrawals provide payout of amounts required to
  be distributed  by  the Internal  Revenue  Service rules  governing  mandatory
  distributions  under qualified plans. See Federal Tax Considerations, Taxation
  of Individual Retirement  Annuities. We  will send  you a  notice before  your
  distributions must commence, and you may elect this option at that time, or at
  a  later date. You may not elect  IRA partial withdrawals while the Systematic
  Partial Withdrawal Option is in  effect. If you do  not elect the IRA  Partial
  Withdrawal  Option,  and  distributions  are  required  by  Federal  tax  law,
  distributions adequate to satisfy the requirements imposed by Federal tax  law
  will  be made. Thus, if the Systematic Partial Withdrawal Option is in effect,
  distribution under  that option  must  be adequate  to satisfy  the  mandatory
  distribution rules imposed by Federal tax law.
  You  may choose to receive IRA partial  withdrawals on a monthly, quarterly or
  annual frequency. You select the day of the month when the withdrawals will be
  made, but it cannot  be later than the  28th day of the  month. If no date  is
  selected,  the withdrawals will be made on  the same calendar day of the month
  as the contract date.

   
  We will  determine the  amount that  is  required to  be withdrawn  from  your
  contract  each year based on  the information you give  us and various choices
  you make. For information  regarding the calculation and  choices you have  to
  make,  see the Statement of Additional  Information. The minimum dollar amount
  you can  withdraw is  $100. At  the  time we  determine the  required  partial
  withdrawal  amount for a  taxable year based  on the frequency  you select, if
  that amount is less than $100, we will pay $100. At any time where the partial
  withdrawal amount is greater than the  Accumulation Value, we will cancel  the
  contract and send you the amount of the cash surrender value.
    

  You  may change the  payment frequency of your  withdrawals once each contract
  year or cancel this option  at any time by  sending us satisfactory notice  to
  our  Customer Service Center at  least seven days prior  to the next scheduled
  withdrawal date.

  An IRA partial withdrawal in excess of the amount allowed under the Systematic
  Partial Withdrawal Option may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.

   
PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS IN GENERAL
    
  CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES ASSOCIATED WITH TAKING
  PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS. A partial withdrawal made before the taxpayer reaches age
  59 1/2 may result in imposition of a tax penalty of 10% of the taxable portion
  withdrawn. See Federal Tax Considerations for more details.

PROCEEDS PAYABLE TO THE BENEFICIARY

If the owner or the annuitant (when the owner is other than an individual)  dies
prior  to the annuity commencement  date, we will pay  the beneficiary the death
benefit proceeds under the contract. Such amount may be received in a single sum
or applied to any of the annuity options. See The Annuity Options. If we do  not
receive  a request to apply  the death benefit proceeds  to an annuity option, a
single sum  distribution  will be  made.  Any distributions  from  non-qualified
contracts  must comply with applicable Federal tax law requirements. See Federal
Tax Considerations.

   
DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS
    

   
Subject to  our  rules,  there are  three  death  benefit options  that  may  be
available  to you under the contract: the  Standard Death Benefit Option; the 7%
Solution Enhanced Death Benefit  Option; and the  Annual Ratchet Enhanced  Death
Benefit Option.
    

                                       26
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)

   
The  7% Solution enhanced Death Benefit Option  may only be elected at issue and
only if the owner or annuitant (when  the owner is other than an individual)  is
age 75 or younger at issue. The Annual Ratchet Enhanced Death Benefit Option may
only  be elected at issue and only if  the owner or annuitant (when the owner is
other than an individual) is age 79 or younger at issue.
    

   
If an enhanced death benefit is elected, the death benefit under the contract is
equal to  the  greatest of:  (i)  the  Accumulation Value;  (ii)  total  premium
payments  less any partial withdrawals; (iii) the cash surrender value; and (iv)
the enhanced death benefit (see below).
    
We may  offer  a  reduced  death  benefit  under  certain  group  and  sponsored
arrangements. See Part I, Group or Sponsored Arrangements.
   
STANDARD DEATH BENEFIT OPTION
    
   
  You  will automatically receive  the Standard Death  Benefit Option unless you
  elect one of the  enhanced death benefits. The  Standard Death Benefit  Option
  for  the contract is  equal to the  greatest of: (i)  your Accumulation Value;
  (ii) total premium payment  less any partial withdrawals;  and (iii) the  cash
  surrender value.
    

   
7% SOLUTION ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT OPTION
    

   
(1) We take the guaranteed death benefit from the
    prior  Valuation Date. On the contract date, the guaranteed death benefit is
    equal to the initial premium.
    

   
(2) We calculate interest on (1) for the current
valuation period at THE GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT INTEREST RATE, which rate is an
    annual rate of 7%; except that with  respect to amounts in the Liquid  Asset
    Division,  the interest rate applied to such amounts will be the net rate of
    return for the Liquid Asset Division during the current valuation period, if
    it is less than an annual rate of 7%; and except with respect to amounts  in
    a  Fixed Allocation, the interest  rate applied to such  amounts will be the
    interest credited  to such  Fixed Allocation  during the  current  valuation
    period, if it is less than an annual rate of 7%.
    
    Each  accumulated  initial  or  additional premium  payment  reduced  by any
    partial withdrawals, will continue to  grow at the guaranteed death  benefit
    interest  rate  until reaching  its  maximum guaranteed  death  benefit. The
    maximum guaranteed  death benefit  is equal  to two  times each  initial  or
    additional premium paid minus the sum of partial withdrawals taken.

(3) We add (1) and (2).

(4) We add to (3) any additional premiums paid
during the current valuation period.

   
(5) We subtract from (4) any partial withdrawals
(including  any market  value adjustments  and surrender  charges incurred) made
    during the current valuation period.
    

   
ANNUAL RATCHET ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT OPTION
    

   
(1) We take the guaranteed death benefit from the
    prior Valuation Date. On the contract date, the guaranteed death benefit  is
    equal to the initial premium.
    

   
(2) We add to (1) any additional premiums paid since
    the  prior  Valuation Date  and subtract  from  (1) any  partial withdrawals
    (including any  market value  adjustments  and surrender  charges  incurred)
    taken since the prior Valuation Date.
    

   
(3) On    a    Valuation   Date    that   occurs    on    or   prior    to   the
    owner's attained age  80 which is  also a contract  anniversary, we set  the
    guaranteed  death benefit  equal to the  greater of (2)  or the Accumulation
    Value as of such date.
    

    On all other Valuation Dates, the guaranteed death benefit is equal to (2).

   
HOW TO CLAIM PAYMENTS TO BENEFICIARY
    
  We must receive due proof of the death  of the owner or the annuitant (if  the
  owner  is other than an individual) (such as an official death certificate) at
  our  Customer  Service  Center  before  we  will  make  any  payments  to  the
  beneficiary. We will calculate the death benefit as of the date we receive due
  proof of death. The beneficiary should contact our Customer Service Center for
  instructions.

REPORTS TO OWNERS

   
We  will send you a  report once each calendar quarter  within 31 days after the
end of each calendar quarter. The  report will show the Accumulation Value,  the
cash  surrender  value, and  the death  benefit as  of the  end of  the calendar
quarter.
    

   
The report will also show the allocation  of your Accumulation Value as of  such
date  and the amounts deducted from or added to the Accumulation Value since the
last report. The  report will  also include any  other information  that may  be
currently  required by the insurance supervisory official of the jurisdiction in
which the contract is delivered. We will also send you copies of any shareholder
reports of the portfolios or securities in which Account B and Account D invest,
as well  as any  other  reports, notices  or documents  required  by law  to  be
furnished to owners.
    

                                       27
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)

WHEN WE MAKE PAYMENTS
We will generally pay death benefit proceeds and the cash surrender value within
seven days after our Customer Service Center receives all the information needed
to process the payment.

   
However, we may delay payment of amounts derived from the Divisions if it is not
practical  for  us to  value or  dispose of  shares  of Account  B or  Account D
because:
    

(1) The NYSE is closed for trading;

(2) The SEC determines that a state of emergency
    exists;

(3) An order or pronouncement of the SEC permits a
    delay for the protection of owners; or,
(4) The check used to pay the premium has not
    cleared through the banking system. This may take up to 15 days.
   
During such times, as to amounts allocated to the Divisions, we may delay:
    
(1) Determination and payment of any cash
surrender value;
(2) Determination and payment of any death benefit
    if death occurs before the annuity commencement date;
   
(3) Allocation changes of the Accumulation Value; or,
    
   
(4) Application under an annuity option of the
Accumulation Value.
    
   
We reserve the right to delay payment  of amounts from the Fixed Account for  up
to six months.
    
 CHARGES AND FEES
CHARGE DEDUCTION DIVISION

   
You  may  specify at  issue if  you wish  to use  the Charge  Deduction Division
Option. If you so  specify, all charges against  the Accumulation Value will  be
deducted  from the Liquid Asset Division. If you do not elect this option, or if
the amount  of the  charges is  greater than  the amount  in the  Division,  the
charges  will be deducted  as discussed below.  You may also  choose to elect or
cancel this option while the contract is in force by sending satisfactory notice
to our Customer Service Center.
    
CHARGES DEDUCTED FROM THE ACCUMULATION VALUE

   
We invest the entire amount of  the initial and any additional premium  payments
in  the  Divisions and  the  Fixed Allocations  you  select, subject  to certain
restrictions. See Restrictions on  Allocation of Premium  Payments. We then  may
deduct  certain amounts from your Accumulation Value. We may reduce certain fees
and charges, including any surrender, administration, and mortality and  expense
risk  charges, under  group or  sponsored arrangements.  See Group  or Sponsored
Arrangements. Unless you have elected the Charge Deduction Division, charges are
deducted proportionately from all Divisions in which you are invested. If  there
is  no Accumulation Value in  those Divisions, we will  deduct charges from your
Fixed Allocations starting  with the  Guarantee Periods  nearest their  Maturity
Dates until such charges have been paid. The charges we deduct are:
    

SURRENDER CHARGE
   
  A  contingent  deferred  sales charge  ("Surrender  Charge") is  imposed  as a
  percentage of each premium payment if the contract is surrendered or an excess
  partial withdrawal is  taken during  the seven year  period from  the date  we
  receive  and accept such  premium payment. The  percentage of premium payments
  deducted at the time  of surrender or excess  partial withdrawal depends  upon
  the  number of complete years that have elapsed since that premium payment was
  made. We  determine the  surrender  charge as  a  percentage of  each  premium
  payment as follows:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         COMPLETE YEARS ELAPSED                SURRENDER
          SINCE PREMIUM PAYMENT                 CHARGE
- - -----------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                        <C>
                    0                                  7%
                    1                                  7%
                    2                                  6%
                    3                                  5%
                    4                                  4%
                    5                                  3%
                    6                                  1%
                   7+                                  0%
</TABLE>
    

   
Subject  to our  rules and  as described in  the contract,  the surrender charge
arising from a  surrender or  excess partial withdrawal  will be  waived in  the
following events:
    

   
  (1) you begin receiving qualified extended medical
      care  on or after the  first certificate anniversary for  at least 45 days
      during any continuous sixty-day period, and your request for the surrender
      or withdrawal, together with all required proof of such qualified extended
      medical care, must be received at  our Customer Service Center during  the
      term  of such care or within ninety days after the last day upon which you
      received such care.
    

   
  (2) you are first diagnosed by a qualifying medical
      professional, on or after the  first Certificate Anniversary, as having  a
      Qualifying   Terminal   Illness.  Written   proof  of   terminal  illness,
      satisfactory to us, must  be received at our  Customer Service Center.  We
      reserve the right to require an examination by a physician of our choice.
    

                                       28
<PAGE>
 CHARGES AND FEES (CONTINUED)

   
See  your contract for more information. The  waiver of surrender charge may not
be available in all states.
    

   
SURRENDER CHARGE FOR EXCESS PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
    
   
  There is considered to be an excess partial withdrawal in any contract year in
  which the  amount withdrawn  exceeds 15%  of your  Accumulation Value  at  the
  beginning of the contract year minus any amount withdrawn during that contract
  year.  Any combination of  partial withdrawals taken and  those expected to be
  received in a contract  year will be considered  in determining the amount  of
  the  excess partial withdrawal. Such a withdrawal will be considered a partial
  surrender of  the contract  and we  will  impose a  surrender charge  and  any
  associated  premium tax. Such  charges will be  deducted from the Accumulation
  Value in  proportion to  the  Accumulation Value  in  each Division  or  Fixed
  Allocation from which the excess partial withdrawal was taken.
    

   
  For  purposes  of  calculating the  surrender  charge for  the  excess partial
  withdrawal, (i)  we  treat contributions  as  being withdrawn  on  a  first-in
  first-out basis, and (ii) amounts withdrawn which are not considered an excess
  partial  withdrawal  are not  treated a  withdrawal  of any  premium payments.
  Although we treat premium payments  as withdrawn before earnings for  purposes
  of  calculating  the  surrender  charge for  excess  partial  withdrawals, the
  Federal income tax  law treats earnings  as withdrawn first.  See Federal  Tax
  Considerations, Taxation of Non-Qualified Annuities.
    

   
  For  example, the following assumes an  initial premium payment of $10,000 and
  additional premium  payments  of $10,000  in  each  of the  second  and  third
  contract  years, for total premium payments  under the contract of $30,000. It
  also assumes a partial withdrawal at the beginning of the fourth contract year
  of 20% of the Accumulation Value of $35,000.
    

   
  In this example, $5,250 ($35,000 x .15) is the maximum partial withdrawal that
  may be  withdrawn  during  the  contract year  without  the  imposition  of  a
  surrender charge. The total partial withdrawal would be $7,000 ($35,000 x .2).
  Therefore, $1,750 ($7,000 - $5,250) is considered an excess partial withdrawal
  of  a part of the initial premium payment of $10,000 and would be subject to a
  5% surrender charge of $87.50 ($1,750 x .05). This example does not take  into
  account any Market Value adjustment or deduction of any premium taxes.
    

PREMIUM TAXES
   
  We make a charge for state and local premium taxes in certain states which can
  range  from 0% to 3.5% of premium. The  charge depends on the owner's state of
  residence. We reserve the right to change this amount to conform with  changes
  in the law or if the owner changes state of residence.
    

   
  Premium  taxes are generally  incurred on the annuity  commencement date and a
  charge for such premium taxes is then deducted from your Accumulation Value on
  such date. However, some jurisdictions impose  a premium tax at the time  that
  initial   and  additional  premiums  are   paid,  regardless  of  the  annuity
  commencement date. In those  states we may initially  defer collection of  the
  amount of the charge for premium taxes from your Accumulation Value and deduct
  it  against Accumulation  Value on surrender  of the  contract, excess partial
  withdrawals or on the annuity commencement date.
    

ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE
   
  The administrative  charge  is  incurred  at the  beginning  of  the  contract
  processing  period and deducted at the end of each contract processing period.
  We deduct this charge when determining the cash surrender value payable if you
  surrender the contract prior  to the end of  a contract processing period.  If
  the  Accumulation Value at the end of the contract processing period equals or
  exceeds $100,000 or the sum of  the premiums paid equals or exceeds  $100,000,
  the  charge is zero. Otherwise, the amount  deducted is $40 per contract year.
  This charge is to  cover a portion of  our administrative expenses. See  ASSET
  BASED ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE, below.
    

EXCESS ALLOCATION CHARGE
   
  We  currently do  not assess  a charge  for allocation  changes made  during a
  contract year. We reserve the right, however, to assess a $25 charge for  each
  allocation change after the twelfth allocation change in a contract year. This
  amount  represents the  maximum we will  charge. The charge  would be deducted
  from the Divisions and the Fixed Allocations from which each such reallocation
  is made in proportion to the amount being transferred from each such  Division
  and  Fixed  Allocation unless  you  have chosen  to  use the  Charge Deduction
  Division. The excess allocation charge is set at a level that is not  designed
  to  produce profit  for Golden American  or any affiliate.  Any allocations or
  transfers due to the election of dollar cost averaging and reallocation  under
  the provision WHAT HAPPENS IF A DIVISION IS NOT AVAILABLE will not be included
  in determining if the excess allocation charge should apply.
    

                                       29
<PAGE>
 CHARGES AND FEES (CONTINUED)

CHARGES DEDUCTED FROM THE DIVISIONS

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE
   
  A  different mortality and expense risk charge is assessed with respect to the
  death benefit option  that has  been elected.  If the  Standard Death  Benefit
  Option  is elected, the charge is equivalent,  on an annual basis, to 1.10% of
  the assets in each Division. The charge is deducted on each valuation date  at
  the  rate of .003030% for each day in the valuation period. Approximately .75%
  is allocated to the mortality risk and .35% is allocated to the expense  risk.
  If  an enhanced  death benefit  is elected,  the charge  is equivalent,  on an
  annual basis, to 1.25% for the  Annual Ratchet Death Benefit Option, or  1.40%
  for  the 7% Solution Death Benefit Option, of the assets in each Division. The
  charge is deducted on each valuation date at the rate of .003446% or .003863%,
  respectively, for each  day in the  valuation period. For  the Annual  Ratchet
  approximately  .90%, or for the 7%  Solution approximately 1.05%, is allocated
  to the mortality risk.
    

  This charge will compensate us for mortality and expense risks we assume under
  the contract. We will realize a gain from this charge to the extent it is  not
  needed  to provide for benefits  and expenses under the  contract. We will use
  any  gain  for  any  lawful   purpose  including  any  shortfalls  on   paying
  distribution expenses.

  The  mortality risk assumed is  the risk that annuitants  as a group will live
  for a longer time than our actuarial tables predict. As a result, we would  be
  paying  more in annuity income than we planned. Golden American also assumes a
  risk under the contract for paying a guaranteed death benefit.
  The expense risk assumed is  the risk that it will  cost us more to issue  and
  administer the contract than we expect.

ASSET BASED ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE
   
  We  will deduct a daily charge from the assets in each Division, to compensate
  us for a portion of the administrative expenses under the contract. The  daily
  charge  is at a rate  of 0.000411% (equivalent to an  annual rate of 0.15%) on
  the assets in each Division.
    
  This asset based  administrative charge plus  the administrative charge  above
  will  not exceed the cost of the services  to be provided over the life of the
  contract.

TRUST EXPENSES

There are fees  and charges  deducted from each  Series. Please  read the  Trust
prospectus for details.

OPERATING EXPENSES OF ACCOUNT D

There  are additional fees  and charges to  the Global Account  in Account D for
management and advisory services  as well as other  operational expenses of  the
Global  Account. DSI as the Manager of Account D receives a monthly fee equal to
an annual rate  based upon  the following  percentages of  the Global  Account's
average  daily net  assets: 0.40%  of the  first $500  million and  0.30% of the
amount over $500 million.  Warburg, Pincus as the  Portfolio Manager receives  a
monthly  fee equal to an annual rate based upon the following percentages of the
Global Account's average daily net assets:  0.60% of the first $500 million  and
0.50%  of  the amount  over  $500 million.  The  total fees  for  management and
advisory services  exceed the  fees  for similar  services  paid by  some  other
registered investment companies with similar objectives.

The  Global Account bears the expenses  of its investment management operations,
including expenses associated with custody of securities, portfolio  accounting,
the Board of Governors, and legal and auditing services.

The  initial  organizational expenses  of the  Global  Account were  advanced by
Golden  American.  The  Global  Account  reimburses  Golden  American  for  such
expenses,  which  are amortized  over five  years  from the  date of  the Global
Account's commencement of operations.

The Global Account and DSI have agreed to limit the total expenses of the Global
Account. See Part I, The Managed Global Account of Account D.

 CHOOSING AN INCOME PLAN
THE INCOME PLAN

   
If the annuitant and owner are living on the annuity commencement date, we  will
begin  making payments  to the owner  under an  income plan. We  will make these
payments under the annuity  option chosen. You may  change an annuity option  by
making  a  written  request  to  us  at  least  30  days  prior  to  the annuity
commencement date of the contract. The amount of the payments will be determined
by applying your  Accumulation Value  adjusted for any  applicable market  value
adjustment  on  the annuity  commencement date  in  accordance with  The Annuity
Options section below, subject to our published rules at such time. See When  We
Make Payments.
    

You  may also elect an annuity option on  surrender of the contract for its cash
surrender value or, you may

                                       30
<PAGE>
 CHOOSING AN INCOME PLAN (CONTINUED)
choose one or  more annuity options  for the payment  of death benefit  proceeds
while  it is in effect and before the annuity commencement date. If, at the time
of the  owner's  death  or  the  annuitant's death  (if  the  owner  is  not  an
individual),  no option has  been chosen for paying  death benefit proceeds, the
beneficiary may choose  an option  within 60 days.  In all  events, payments  of
death  benefit  proceeds  must  comply  with  the  distribution  requirements of
applicable Federal tax law. See Federal Tax Considerations.

   
The minimum monthly  annuity income payment  that we  will make is  $20. We  may
require that a single sum payment be made if the Accumulation Value is less than
$2,000 or if the calculated monthly annuity income payment is less than $20.
    

   
For  each option we will  issue a separate written  agreement putting the option
into effect. Before we pay  any annuity benefits, we  require the return of  the
contract.  If your contract has been lost, we will require that you complete and
return the applicable contract  form. Various factors will  affect the level  of
annuity  benefits including  the annuity  option chosen,  the applicable payment
rate used and the investment results  of the Divisions and interest credited  to
the Fixed Allocations in which the Accumulation Value has been invested.
    

   
Fixed  annuity payments are regular  payments, the amount of  which is fixed and
guaranteed by us. The amount  of the payments will depend  only on the form  and
duration  of payments chosen, the age of  the annuitant or beneficiary (and sex,
where appropriate), the total Accumulation  Value applied to purchase the  fixed
option, and the applicable payment rate.
    

Our approval is needed for any option where:

(1) The person named to receive payment is other
    than the owner or beneficiary;

(2) The person named is not a natural person, such as
    a corporation; or

(3) Any income payment would be less than the
minimum annuity income payment allowed.
ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE SELECTION

   
You  select the annuity commencement date. You may select any date following the
third contract anniversary but before the contract processing date in the  month
following  the  annuitant's 90th  birthday. If  you  do not  select a  date, the
annuity commencement date will  be in the month  following the annuitant's  90th
birthday.  However, in the  state of Pennsylvania  the annuity commencement date
may not be later than in the  month following the annuitant's 85th birthday  for
annuitants  with an issue age of 80  and under. If the annuity commencement date
occurs when the  annuitant is at  an advanced age,  such as over  age 85, it  is
possible  that the contract  will not be  considered an annuity  for Federal tax
purposes. See Federal Tax Considerations. For a contract purchased in connection
with a qualified plan,  distribution must commence not  later than April 1st  of
the  calendar year following the  calendar year in which  you attain age 70 1/2.
Consult your tax advisor.
    

FREQUENCY SELECTION

You choose  the  frequency  of  the  annuity  payments.  They  may  be  monthly,
quarterly,  semi-annually or annually. If we  do not receive written notice from
you, the payments  will be made  monthly. There may  be certain restrictions  on
minimum payments that we will allow.

THE ANNUITY OPTIONS

   
There  are four options to  choose from as shown below.  Options 1 through 3 are
fixed and  option  4  may  be  fixed  or  variable.  For  a  fixed  option,  the
Accumulation Value in the Divisions is transferred to the general account.
    

OPTION 1. INCOME FOR A FIXED PERIOD
   
  Payment is made in equal installments for a fixed number of years based on the
  Accumulation Value as of the annuity commencement date. We guarantee that each
  monthly  payment  will be  at  least the  amount  set forth  in  the contract.
  Guaranteed  amounts  for  annual,  semi-annual  and  quarterly  payments   are
  available  upon request. Illustrations are available upon request. If the cash
  surrender value or  Accumulation Value  is applied  under this  option, a  10%
  penalty  tax may apply to the taxable portion of each income payment until the
  owner reaches age 59 1/2.
    

OPTION 2. INCOME FOR LIFE
   
  Payment is made in  equal monthly installments and  guaranteed for at least  a
  period  certain.  The period  certain can  be  10 or  20 years.  Other periods
  certain may be available on request.  A refund certain may be chosen  instead.
  Under  this arrangement, income is guaranteed  until payments equal the amount
  applied. If  the person  named lives  beyond the  guaranteed period,  payments
  continue  until his or  her death. We  guarantee that each  payment will be at
  least the amount set forth in  the contract corresponding to the person's  age
  on  his or her last  birthday before the option's  effective date. Amounts for
  ages not shown in the contract are available upon request.
    

                                       31
<PAGE>
 CHOOSING AN INCOME PLAN (CONTINUED)

OPTION 3. JOINT LIFE INCOME
  This option is available if there  are two persons named to receive  payments.
  At  least one of the persons named must  be either the owner or beneficiary of
  the contract. Monthly payments are guaranteed and are made as long as at least
  one of the named persons  is living. There is  no minimum number of  payments.
  Monthly payment amounts are available upon request.

OPTION 4. ANNUITY PLAN
  An  amount can  be used  to buy  any single  premium annuity  we offer  on the
  option's effective date.

PAYMENT WHEN NAMED PERSON DIES

When the person named to receive payment dies, we will pay any amounts still due
as provided by  the option agreement.  The amounts still  due are determined  as
follows:

(1) For option 1, or any remaining guaranteed
payments  under option 2, payments will be continued. Under options 1 and 2, the
    discounted values of  the remaining  guaranteed payments  may be  paid in  a
    single  sum. This means we deduct the  amount of the interest each remaining
    guaranteed payment would  have earned had  it not been  paid out early.  The
    discount  interest rate  is never less  than 3%  for option 1  and 3.50% for
    option 2 per year. We will however,  base the discount interest rate on  the
    interest  rate used to  calculate the payments  for options 1  and 2 if such
    payments were not based on the tables in the contract.

(2) For option 3, no amounts are payable after both
    named persons have died.

(3) For option 4, the annuity agreement will state the
    amount due, if any.

 OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS
IN CASE OF ERRORS IN APPLICATION INFORMATION

If an age or sex given in  the application or enrollment form is misstated,  the
amounts  payable or benefits  provided by the  contract shall be  those that the
premium payment would have bought at the correct age or sex.

SENDING NOTICE TO US
  Any written notices,  inquiries or  requests should  be sent  to our  Customer
  Service Center. Please include your name, your contract number and, if you are
  not the annuitant, the name of the annuitant.

ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT AS COLLATERAL
  You  may assign a non-qualified contract as  collateral security for a loan or
  other obligation. This does not change the ownership. However, your rights and
  any beneficiary's  rights are  subject to  the terms  of the  assignment.  See
  Transfer of Annuity Contracts, and Assignments. An assignment may have Federal
  tax consequences. See Federal Tax Considerations.

  You must give us satisfactory written notice at our Customer Service Center in
  order  to  make or  release  an assignment.  We  are not  responsible  for the
  validity of any assignment.

NON-PARTICIPATING
  The contract does not participate in the divisible surplus of Golden American.

AUTHORITY TO MAKE AGREEMENTS
  All agreements made by us must be signed by our president or a vice  president
  and  by our secretary or an assistant secretary. No other person, including an
  insurance agent or broker,  can change any of  the contract's terms, make  any
  agreements binding on us or extend the time for premium payments.

CONTRACT CHANGES -- APPLICABLE TAX LAW

We  reserve the right to make  changes in the contract to  the extent we deem it
necessary to continue to  qualify the contract as  an annuity. Any such  changes
will  apply uniformly  to all  contracts that  are affected.  You will  be given
advance written notice of such changes.

YOUR RIGHT TO CANCEL OR EXCHANGE YOUR CONTRACT

CANCELLING YOUR CONTRACT
   
  You may cancel your contract within your  free look period, which is ten  days
  after  you receive your contract. For purposes of administering our allocation
  and administrative rules,  we deem  this period to  expire 15  days after  the
  contract  is mailed to you. Some states may require a longer free look period.
  If you decide to cancel, you may mail or deliver the contract to our  Customer
  Service  Center. We  will refund  the Accumulation  Value plus  any charges we
  deducted, and  the contract  will be  voided as  of the  date we  receive  the
  contract  and your  request. Some  states require  that we  return the premium
  paid. In these states, we require  your premiums designated for investment  in
  the  Divisions  of Account  B  and Account  D  be allocated  to  the Specially
  Designated Division during the free  look period. Premiums designated for  the
  Fixed  Account  will be  allocated to  a Fixed  Allocation with  the Guarantee
  Period you
    

                                       32
<PAGE>
 OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
   
  have chosen. If you do not choose to exercise your right to cancel during  the
  free  look period, then at the end of  the free look period your money will be
  invested in the  Divisions chosen  by you, based  on the  index of  investment
  experience  next  computed for  each Division.  See Measurement  of Investment
  Experience, INDEX OF EXPERIENCE AND UNIT VALUE.
    

EXCHANGING YOUR CONTRACT
  For   information   regarding   Section1035   exchanges,   see   Federal   Tax
  Considerations.

OTHER CONTRACT CHANGES

You  may change the contract to another annuity plan subject to our rules at the
time of the change.

GROUP OR SPONSORED ARRANGEMENTS

   
For certain  group  or sponsored  arrangements,  we may  reduce  any  surrender,
administration,  and mortality and expense risk  charges. We may also change the
minimum initial and additional  premium requirements, or  offer a reduced  death
benefit. Group arrangements include those in which a trustee or an employer, for
example,  purchases contracts covering a group  of individuals on a group basis.
Sponsored arrangements include  those in  which an  employer allows  us to  sell
contracts to its employees on an individual basis.
    

Our  costs for sales, administration, and mortality generally vary with the size
and stability of the group among other  factors. We take all these factors  into
account  when  reducing charges.  To  qualify for  reduced  charges, a  group or
sponsored arrangement must meet certain requirements, including our requirements
for size and number of years in existence. Group or sponsored arrangements  that
have  been set up  solely to buy contracts  or that have  been in existence less
than six months will not qualify for reduced charges.

   
We will make these and any similar  reductions according to our rules in  effect
when an application or enrollment form for a contract is approved. We may change
these  rules from time to time. Any  variation in the administrative charge will
reflect  differences   in  costs   or  services   and  will   not  be   unfairly
discriminatory.
    

SELLING THE CONTRACT
DSI is also principal underwriter and distributor of the contract as well as for
other  contracts  issued through  Account  B and  Account  D and  other separate
accounts of Golden  American. We  pay DSI  for acting  as principal  underwriter
under a distribution agreement. The offering of the contract will be continuous.

DSI  has entered  into and  will continue  to enter  into sales  agreements with
broker-dealers to  solicit  for the  sale  of the  contract  through  registered
representatives  who  are licensed  to  sell securities  and  variable insurance
products  including   variable   annuities.  These   agreements   provide   that
applications for contracts may be solicited by registered representatives of the
broker-dealers  appointed by Golden American to sell its variable life insurance
and variable annuities. These broker-dealers are registered with the SEC and are
members of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").  The
registered  representatives are authorized under applicable state regulations to
sell variable  life insurance  and variable  annuities. The  writing agent  will
receive  commissions of up to 6.0% of any initial or additional premium payments
made.

 REGULATORY INFORMATION
VOTING RIGHTS

ACCOUNT B
  We will vote  the shares of  the Trust owned  by Account B  according to  your
  instructions.  However, if the  Investment Company Act of  1940 or any related
  regulations should change, or if interpretations of it or related  regulations
  should  change, and we decide that we are  permitted to vote the shares of the
  Trust in our own right, we may decide to do so.

   
  We determine the number of shares that you have in a Division by dividing  the
  contract's  Accumulation Value in that Division by  the net asset value of one
  share of the portfolio in which  a Division invests. Fractional votes will  be
  counted.  We will determine the  number of shares you  can instruct us to vote
  180 days  or less  before the  Trust's meeting.  We will  ask you  for  voting
  instructions by mail at least 10 days before the meeting.
    

   
  If  we do not  get your instructions in  time, we will vote  the shares in the
  same proportion  as  the instructions  received  from all  contracts  in  that
  Division.We  will  also  vote  shares  we hold  in  Account  B  which  are not
  attributable to owners in the same proportion.
    

ACCOUNT D
   
  Owners with  Accumulation Value  in  the Global  Account have  certain  voting
  rights. Each such owner will be given one vote for every $1.00 of Accumulation
  Value  in  the  Global Account  with  fractional interests  counted,  unless a
  different allocation of voting rights is required under applicable law for  an
  investment medium for variable annuity contracts.
    

                                       33
<PAGE>
 REGULATORY INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
  Account  D's rules do not require Account  D to hold annual meetings of owners
  of interests in Account D, although special meetings may be called for Account
  D for purposes such as electing or removing members of the Board of Governors,
  changing fundamental policies, or approving a contract for investment advisory
  services. When required,  "the vote of  a majority of  the outstanding  voting
  securities" of the Global Account of Account D means the lesser of:

  (1) The holders of more than 50% of all votes
entitled to be cast in respect to Account D; or,

  (2) The holders of at least 67% of the votes which
      are  present at a meeting of such persons are the holders of more than 50%
      of all votes entitled to  be cast in respect to  Account D are present  or
      represented by proxy.

We  will determine the  number of votes you  can instruct us to  vote 90 days or
less before Account D's meeting. We will ask you for voting instructions by mail
at least 14 days before the meeting.

STATE REGULATION

We are regulated  and supervised  by the Insurance  Department of  the State  of
Delaware, which periodically examines our financial condition and operations. We
are  also subject  to the  insurance laws  and regulations  of all jurisdictions
where we do business. The variable contract offered by this prospectus has  been
approved  by  the Insurance  Department  of the  State  of Delaware  and  by the
Insurance Departments of other jurisdictions.  We are required to submit  annual
statements  of our operations, including  financial statements, to the Insurance
Departments of the various  jurisdictions in which we  do business to  determine
solvency and compliance with state insurance laws and regulations.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Golden  American, as an insurance company, is ordinarily involved in litigation.
We do not believe that any current  litigation is material and we do not  expect
to incur significant losses from such actions.
LEGAL MATTERS
The  legal validity of the contract described in this prospectus has been passed
on by Bernard R. Beckerlegge, General Counsel and Secretary of Golden  American.
Sutherland,  Asbill & Brennan of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on certain
matters relating to Federal securities laws.

EXPERTS
   
The audited  financial statements  of Golden  American Life  Insurance  Company,
Separate  Account  B  and The  Managed  Global  Account of  Separate  Account D,
appearing  or  incorporated  by  reference   in  the  Statement  of   Additional
Information  and Registration Statement have been  audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors,  as  set  forth  in their  reports  thereon  appearing  or
incorporated  by reference in the Statement of Additional Information and in the
Registration Statement and are included or incorporated by reference in reliance
upon such reports given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.
    

   
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
    

   
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
    

   
The following  selected financial  data prepared  in accordance  with  generally
accepted  accounting principles ("GAAP")  for Golden American  should be read in
conjunction with the  financial statements  and notes thereto  included in  this
Prospectus.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                                                                                       ---------------------------------------
                                                                                       FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       ---------------------------------------
(IN THOUSANDS)                                                                             1994          1993        1992(A)
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                    <C>            <C>          <C>
Variable Life and Annuity Product Fees and Policy Changes............................  $      17,519  $    10,192  $       694
Net Income before Federal Income Tax.................................................  $       2,222  $    (1,793) $      (508)
Net Income (Loss)....................................................................  $       2,222  $    (1,793) $      (508)
Total Assets.........................................................................  $   1,044,760  $   886,155  $   320,539
Total Liabilities....................................................................  $     955,254  $   857,558  $   306,197
Total Stockholder's Equity...........................................................  $      89,506  $    28,597  $    14,342
</TABLE>
    

   
____(a)  Results  for  1992 are  for  the  period September  30,  1992  (date of
acquisition) to December 31, 1992.
    

                                       34
<PAGE>
   
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)
    

   
The following selected  financial data was  prepared on the  basis of  statutory
accounting  practices ("SAP"),  which have been  prescribed or  permitted by the
Department of Insurance of the State of Delaware and the National Association of
Insurance Commissioners. These practices differ  in certain respects from  GAAP.
The  selected financial  data should be  read in conjunction  with the financial
statements and notes  thereto included  in this Prospectus,  which describe  the
differences between SAP and GAAP.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                                                                -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                -------------------------------------------------------------
(IN THOUSANDS)                                                     1994         1993         1992         1991        1990
- - --------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Premiums & Annuity Considerations.............................  $   294,550  $   505,465  $   191,039  $    41,615  $  29,739
Net Income before Federal Income Tax..........................  $   (11,260) $    (9,417) $    (4,225) $    (2,086) $  (1,566)
Net Income (Loss).............................................  $   (11,260) $    (9,401) $    (3,986) $    (1,752) $  (1,566)
Total Assets..................................................  $   988,180  $   834,123  $   302,200  $   119,652  $  74,271
Total Liabilities.............................................  $   921,888  $   815,301  $   289,995  $   106,199  $  58,573
Total Capital & Surplus.......................................  $    66,292  $    18,822  $    12,205  $    13,453  $  15,698
</TABLE>
    

   
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
    
   
This  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and Notes
to Financial Statements included herein.
    
   
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
    
   
  The current business  and regulatory environment  remains challenging for  the
  insurance  industry.  On the  whole,  more Americans  have  started to  take a
  proactive view toward  their own retirement  planning. Additionally, with  the
  fear that people will outlive their savings, many Americans have shifted their
  resources  from purchasing death benefit type  products such as life insurance
  to living  benefit products  such as  annuities. As  a result  of this  trend,
  annuities  have  sustained  a long  growth  phase. In  recent  years, variable
  products provided contractholders with the opportunity to achieve  diversified
  investing  in mutual fund  type investments. The  following factors provided a
  positive impact on variable  annuity premiums over the  past three years:  low
  interest  rates,  strong stock  market performance  and demand  for investment
  alternatives. However, during  1994, the Federal  Reserve Board began  raising
  interest  rates pre-emptively  to slow  the growth  of the  economy to  a more
  sustainable rate and avoid a late-cycle outbreak of inflation. In part and  as
  a  result of an increase  in interest rates, fixed  annuities and market value
  adjusted annuity products gained popularity  in many distribution networks  as
  variable annuities lost market share.
    
   
SUMMARY
    
   
  During   1994,  the  rise  in  interest  rates  and  stock  market  volatility
  contributed to  the  slow-down in  Golden  American's premium  growth  as  the
  company  was marketing exclusively variable annuity  and life products tied to
  mutual fund  investing.  Consequently, during  1995,  the Company  intends  to
  expand  its  strategic marketing  emphasis by  offering fixed  rate investment
  options in life and annuity products.
    

   
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
  1994 COMPARED TO 1993
    
   
    Golden American  realized net  income (loss)  of $2.22  million and  $(1.79)
    million  for 1994 and  1993, respectively. The increase  in net earnings for
    1994 is attributable to the increase  in average Separate Account assets  in
    1994, as compared to 1993.
    

   
    Variable  life  and  annuity product  fees  and policy  charges  were $17.52
    million for 1994  as compared to  $10.19 million for  1993. The increase  is
    primarily  attributable  to  increased  fees from  the  increasing  block of
    business under management in the Separate Accounts. Separate Account  assets
    have  increased from $295  million at December  31, 1992 to  $810 million at
    December 31, 1993 to $950 million at December 31, 1994.
    

   
__ 1993 COMPARED TO 1992
    
   
    Golden American realized  a net loss  of $1.79 million  for the year  ending
    December  31, 1993, as compared to a net loss of $0.52 million for the three
    month period ending December 31, 1992.  Results for 1992 are for the  period
    September 30, 1992 (date of acquisition) to December 31, 1992.
    

   
    Variable  life and  annuity product fees  and policy  charges increased from
    $0.69 million for the three month period ending December 31, 1992 to  $10.19
    million  for the year ending December 31, 1993. The increase is attributable
    to 1994 results including twelve months versus three months for 1993 and the
    increasing block  of business  under management  in the  Separate  Accounts.
    Separate  Account assets increased from $295 million at December 31, 1992 to
    $810 million at December 31, 1993.
    

                                       35
<PAGE>
   
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)
    

   
    Total benefits  and expenses  in 1993  and 1992,  respectively, were  $12.24
    million  and $1.27  million. This increase  is attributable  to 1992 results
    including twelve months  versus three  months for  1993 and  an increase  in
    expenses  associated with new  sales and the increase  in benefits costs and
    the expenses associated with a growing block of business.
    
   
  Golden American's earnings are principally derived from the charges imposed on
  variable annuity products and, to a lesser extent, variable life products. The
  primary revenues  from these  products consist  of charges  for mortality  and
  expense  risk, the cost of insurance  and contract administration charges that
  have been assessed against account balances during the period. In addition,  a
  sales  load ranging from  3% to 7.5%  is assessed to  each premium payment and
  collected over a number of years  for the variable annuity and life  products.
  These  sales  loads are  earned over  the  life of  the insurance  contract in
  relation to  estimated  future gross  profits  using methods  and  assumptions
  similar  to those  for cost assigned  to insurance in-force.  Sales loads that
  have been deducted but not yet earned are not recognized in current income and
  are reported  as unearned  revenue. The  costs associated  with acquiring  new
  business are deferred at issue and amortized over the lives of the policies in
  relation  to  the  present value  of  estimated future  gross  profits. Golden
  American also  incurs expenses  associated with  the maintenance  of  in-force
  contracts.
    
   
  Cash  required to  fund the acquisition  costs associated  with deferred sales
  load products  written in  1992,  1993 and  1994  was provided  by  short-term
  borrowings  with an unaffiliated bank. Accordingly, the cost of these borrowed
  funds increased in line with the general increase in the Federal Funds rates.
    
   
  In 1994,  the  insurance industry  saw  a slow-down  in  the recent  trend  of
  individuals  moving  away from  traditional fixed  products and  into variable
  products. Golden American experienced  a similar slow-down  as sales for  1994
  were down 39% compared to 1993.
    
   
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
    
   
  Golden   American's  liquidity  requirements  include  the  payment  of  sales
  commissions, and other  acquisition and underwriting  expenses on the  annuity
  and  life business that it writes. Overall, the Company had negative cash flow
  from operations in 1994 because  it sold variable products exclusively;  total
  premiums received were invested immediately in the Company's Separate Accounts
  which purchased shares of portfolios of The GCG Trust, an open-end, management
  investment  company, or directly purchased  portfolio securities. Because 100%
  of the premium was invested as described above, the payment of commissions and
  other acquisition costs resulted in negative cash flow from operations  during
  the Company's early growth years.
    

   
  Positive  cash flow elements  from operations are  produced primarily from two
  sources. Fees are collected from the  in-force book of business. In  addition,
  during  1995, Golden American began to  distribute a fixed account option with
  its variable annuity product.  Premium amounts directed  to the fixed  account
  option  produce positive  cash flow  from operations  as amounts  are retained
  within the general account of the Company  and are used to fund an  investment
  portfolio  that  finances future  benefit  payments. Investments  are  made in
  fixed-rate investments such as bonds,  and short-term investments in order  to
  provide a sufficient return as well as to match the duration of the obligation
  for  future benefit payments. Golden  American products also contain surrender
  charge features which reward persistency and penalize the early withdrawal  of
  funds.
    

   
  Golden American has developed and utilizes a projection system which forecasts
  cash  flow. Cash  flow from  operations will vary  depending on  the amount of
  premium written and the  product mix. The  Company also periodically  performs
  asset/liability  matching  in  the  management  of  its  asset  and  liability
  portfolios. Those  matching  practices involve  the  monitoring of  asset  and
  liability durations for various product lines, cash flow testing under various
  interest  rate  scenarios,  and  the  continuous  rebalancing  of  assets  and
  liabilities with respect to yield, risk, and cash flow characteristics.
    

   
  Golden American  has  funded  those  past expenses  described  above  for  its
  variable annuity and life business currently in-force at the beginning of 1995
  by  the issuance of $50 million  redeemable preferred stock with its immediate
  parent, BT Variable, Inc. on December 30, 1994. The short-term debt  discussed
  previously  in the  Results of Operations  was retired by  Golden American and
  assumed by  BT Variable,  Inc. as  of  December 30,  1994. Dividends  on  this
  preferred  stock issue are payable  on the last business  day of each quarter,
  beginning March  31,  1995. To  the  extent  that Golden  American  has  funds
  available,  Golden American  may redeem at  its option the  Preferred Stock in
  cash. Any redemption requires the prior approval of the California  Department
  of Insurance and may require approval of the
    

                                       36
<PAGE>
   
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)
    
   
  Delaware  Department of Insurance. Funds will become available for redemptions
  from future statutory  earnings as well  as the collection  of deferred  sales
  loads.  The outstanding amount  of deferred sales  load to be  collected as of
  December 31, 1994 was $48.9 million.
    
   
  The NAIC has developed and implemented  the Risk Based Capital "RBC"  adequacy
  monitoring  system. The RBC calculates the  amount of adjusted capital which a
  life insurance company should have based upon that company's risk profile. The
  NAIC has established four different  levels of regulatory action with  respect
  to  the RBC adequacy monitoring system. Each  of these levels may be triggered
  if an insurer's total adjusted capital  is less than a corresponding level  of
  RBC.  As of  December 31,  1994, based on  the RBC  formula, Golden American's
  total adjusted capital level exceeded  the minimum amount of capital  required
  to  avoid  regulatory action.  Under  currently effective  funding agreements,
  expected RBC levels  will remain well  in excess of  levels required to  avoid
  regulatory  actions. There is no assurance, however, that Golden American will
  continue to maintain its current RBC level.
    

   
  During 1994, BT Variable, Inc.  made capital contributions to Golden  American
  of  $8.75 million. Golden American  believes that it will  be able to fund the
  capital  and  surplus  required  for  projected  new  business  from  existing
  statutory  capital and  surplus, statutory  earnings on  the existing  book of
  business as  well as  future  surplus contributions  from its  parent.  Golden
  American  also  believes that  it will  be  able to  fund the  above liquidity
  requirements of  sales  commissions and  acquisition  costs of  projected  new
  business  from  affiliated  borrowings and/or  borrowings  with non-affiliated
  banks. Golden American  expects to continue  to receive capital  contributions
  from  BT  Variable if  necessary. Golden  American's future  marketing efforts
  could be hampered  should its parent  and/or affiliates be  unable to  provide
  additional funding.
    
   
  Pursuant  to the terms of an escrow  agreement entered into in connection with
  the purchase of Golden American from Mutual Benefit by Bankers Trust  Company,
  Golden American is obligated to fund up to $5.0 million into an escrow account
  pending  final  resolution of  a  dispute concerning  the  final terms  of the
  agreements consummating  the purchase  of Golden  American, which  dispute  is
  before  the Chancery Court of New  Jersey. Any amounts assessed against Golden
  American upon final adjudication of such dispute would be paid from the escrow
  account. Management  believes  that the  likelihood  of any  judgment  against
  Golden  American with respect to the escrow  account is unlikely and would not
  have a material impact on Golden American. As of December 31, 1994, $2,675,000
  has been deposited into  the escrow account.  Golden American's obligation  is
  secured  by a  pledge of  its right to  receive certain  deferred sales loads.
  Bankers Trust  has estimated  that the  contingent liability  due from  Golden
  American  amounted to $438,636 at December 31,  1994 and 1993, and has been so
  accrued in the accompanying financial statements.
    

   
SEGMENT INFORMATION
    
   
  During the period since the acquisition  by Bankers Trust, September 30,  1992
  to  date of  this Prospectus,  Golden American's  operations consisted  of one
  business segment, the  sale of  variable annuity and  variable life  insurance
  products. Golden American and its affiliate Directed Services, Inc., are party
  to  127 sales agreements with broker-dealers. Two of those broker-dealers sell
  a substantial portion of its business.
    

   
REINSURANCE
    
   
  Golden American reinsures  its mortality risk  associated with the  contract's
  guaranteed  death benefit  with one  or more  appropriately licensed insurance
  companies. Golden  American  also, effective  June  1, 1994,  entered  into  a
  reinsurance  agreement on a modified coinsurance  basis with an affiliate of a
  broker-dealer which distributes Golden American's products with respect to 25%
  of the business produced by that broker-dealer.
    

   
RESERVES
    
   
  In accordance with the life insurance laws and regulations under which  Golden
  American  operates, it  is obligated  to carry  on its  books, as liabilities,
  actuarially  determined  reserves  to  meet  its  obligations  on  outstanding
  contracts. Reserves, based on valuation mortality tables in general use in the
  United States, where applicable, are computed to equal amounts which, together
  with  interest on  such reserves computed  annually at  certain assumed rates,
  make adequate provision according to presently accepted actuarial standards of
  practice,  for  the  anticipated  cash  flows  required  by  the   contractual
  obligations and related expenses of Golden American.
    

                                       37
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

   
INVESTMENTS
    
   
  Golden  American's  assets are  invested in  accordance with  applicable state
  laws. These laws govern the nature and the quality of investments that may  be
  made  by life insurance companies and the  percentage of their assets that may
  be committed to  any particular  type of  investment. In  general, these  laws
  permit investments, within specified limits subject to certain qualifications,
  in  federal, state, and  municipal obligations, corporate  bonds, preferred or
  common  stocks,  real  estate  mortgages,   real  estate  and  certain   other
  investments. All of Golden American's assets, except for assets held in escrow
  and  variable  separate  account  assets  supporting  variable  products,  are
  available to meet its obligations under the Contracts.
    
   
  Golden American  makes investments  in accordance  with investment  guidelines
  that  take into account investment quality, liquidity and diversification, and
  invests assets supporting  the Contract guarantees  primarily in fixed  income
  assets such as mortgage backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations
  and  corporate debentures. At December 31,  1994, Golden American had invested
  assets of $17.2 million consisting  of $13.9 million of short-term  securities
  and $3.3 million of bonds and other long-term investments.
    
   
  At  December  31, 1994,  100% of  Golden American's  invested assets  and cash
  equivalents supporting  Contract guarantees  consisted of  liquid and  readily
  marketable securities.
    
   
  At  December 31,  1994, 100%  of the  total invested  assets were  invested in
  investment  grade  bonds  and  0%   were  invested  in  non-investment   grade
  securities.   Golden  American  defines   non-investment  grade  as  unsecured
  corporate debt obligations which do not  have a rating equivalent to  Standard
  and  Poor's (or similar rating agency) BBB or higher and are not guaranteed by
  an agency of the federal government.
    
   
COMPETITION
    
   
  Golden American is engaged in a business that is highly competitive because of
  the large  number of  stock  and mutual  life  insurance companies  and  other
  entities  marketing insurance products comparable to those of Golden American.
  There are approximately 2,350 stock, mutual and other types of insurers in the
  life insurance business in  the United States, a  substantial number of  which
  are significantly larger than Golden American.
    
   
CERTAIN AGREEMENTS
    
   
  During  1994, Bankers Trust (Delaware), a subsidiary of Bankers Trust New York
  Corporation, and  Golden  American  became  parties  to  a  service  agreement
  pursuant  to  which Bankers  Trust (Delaware)  has  agreed to  provide certain
  accounting, actuarial, tax, underwriting, sales, management and other services
  to Golden American Expenses incurred  by Bankers Trust (Delaware) in  relation
  to  this service agreement  are reimbursed by Golden  American on an allocated
  cost basis.  Charges billed  to Golden  American by  Bankers Trust  (Delaware)
  pursuant to the service agreement were $816,264 for 1994.
    

   
  Prior  to  1994, Golden  American  had arranged  with  BT Variable  to perform
  services related to the development and adminstration of its products. For the
  year 1993 and the period  from September 30, 1992  to December 31, 1992,  fees
  earned  by  BT Variable  from Golden  American  for these  services aggregated
  $2,701,000 and  $209,000, respectively.  The agreement  was terminated  as  of
  January 1, 1994.
    

   
  In  addition, BT Variable provided to Golden American certain of its personnel
  to perform management,  administrative and  clerical services and  the use  of
  certain  of  its  facilities. BT  Variable  charged Golden  American  for such
  expenses and all other general and administrative costs, first on the basis of
  direct charges when identifiable, and second allocated based on the  estimated
  amount  of time spent by BT Variable's employees on behalf of Golden American.
  For the year 1993 and the period from September 30, 1992 to December 31, 1992,
  BT  Variable   allocated  to   Golden   American  $1,503,000   and   $450,000,
  respectively.  The agreement was  terminated on January  1, 1994. During 1994,
  such expenses were  allocated directly by  BT New York  Corporation to  Golden
  American and totaled $1,395,966 for the year.
    

   
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
    
   
  Prior to 1994, Golden American had entered into agreements with DSI to perform
  services  related to the management of its investments and the distribution of
  its products. For  the year 1993  and the  period from September  30, 1992  to
  December   31,   1992,  Golden   American   incurred  $311,000   and  $35,000,
  respectively, for such services. The agreement was terminated as of January 1,
  1994.
    

   
  DSI acts as  the principal underwriter  (as defined in  the Securities Act  of
  1993  and the  Investment Company  Act of  1940, as  amended) of  the variable
  insurance products issued by Golden American  which, as of December 31,  1994,
  are sold primarily through two broker/dealer institutions. For the years ended
  1994 and 1993 and the period from September 30,
    

                                       38
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)
   
  1992  to  December  31,  1992,  commissions paid  by  Golden  American  to DSI
  aggregated, $17,569,000, $34,260,000, and $6,429,197, respectively.
    
   
  Golden  American  provided  to  DSI  certain  of  its  personnel  to   perform
  management,  administrative  and  clerical  services and  the  use  of certain
  facilities. Golden  American  charged DSI  for  such expenses  and  all  other
  general  and adminstrative  costs, first on  the basis of  direct charges when
  identifiable, and the  remainder allocated  based on the  estimated amount  of
  time  spent by Golden American's employees on behalf of DSI. In the opinion of
  management, this method of cost allocation is reasonable. For the years  ended
  December  31, 1994  and 1993,  expenses allocated  to DSI  were $1,983,000 and
  $2,013,000, respectively.
    
   
EMPLOYEES
    
   
  Golden American, as a  result of its Service  Agreements with each of  Bankers
  Trust  (Delaware) and  BT Variable,  has very  few direct  employees. Instead,
  various management  services  are provided  by  Bankers Trust  (Delaware),  BT
  Variable  and Bankers  Trust New  York Corporation,  as described  above under
  "Certain Agreements."  The  cost of  these  services is  allocated  to  Golden
  American.
    
   
  Certain  officers of Golden American are also officers of BT Variable and DSI,
  and their salaries  are allocated among  the three companies.  One officer  of
  Golden  American is also an officer of Bankers Trust New York Corporation, and
  his salary is  allocated solely  to Bankers  Trust New  York Corporation.  See
  "Directors and Executive Officers."
    
   
PROPERTIES
    
   
  Golden  American's principal office is located at 1001 Jefferson Street, Suite
  400, Wilmington, Delaware 19801,  where all of  Golden American's records  are
  maintained.  This  office space  is sub-leased  from Bankers  Trust (Delaware)
  under the  service  agreement described  above.  In addition,  certain  legal,
  sales, product development and corporate communications personnel operate in a
  Bankers Trust New York managed facility at 280 Park Avenue, 14 West, New York,
  New  York 10017. An allocable share of  this property's cost is paid by Golden
  American based on square feet.
    
   
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME (AGE)           POSITIONS(S) WITH THE COMPANY
- - ----------------------------  -----------------------------
<S>                           <C>
Terry L. Kendall (48)         Chairman, President and Chief
                               Executive Officer
John Herron, Jr. (43)         Director
Richard A. Marin (41)         Director
Barnett Chernow (44)          Executive Vice President
Mitchell R. Katcher (41)      Executive Vice President
Robert B. Langel (57)         Executive Vice President
Bernard R. Beckerlegge (48)   General Counsel and Secretary
David L. Jacobson (45)        Senior Vice President and
                               Assistant Secretary
Stephen J. Preston (37)       Senior Vice President, Chief
                               Actuary and Controller
Myles R. Tashman (52)         Senior Vice President
Mary B. Wilkinson (38)        Senior Vice President and
                               Treasurer
</TABLE>
    

   
Each director is elected to serve for one year or until the next annual  meeting
of  shareholders or until  his or her  successor is elected.  Some directors are
directors of insurance  company subsidiaries of  the Company's ultimate  parent,
Banker's Trust, New York.
    

   
The  principal positions of  the Company's directors  and executive officers for
the past five years are listed below:
    

   
MR. KENDALL joined Bankers Trust Company in September 1993 as Managing Director.
He is  Chairman of  the Board,  President  and Chief  Executive Officer  of  the
Company.  From  1982 through  June 1993,  he was  President and  Chief Executive
Officer of United Pacific Life Insurance Company.
    

   
MR. MARIN joined Bankers Trust  Company in 1978 and  is a Managing Director.  He
has been a director of the Company since 1992.
    

   
MR.  HERRON joined Banker Trust  Company in 1978 and  is a Managing Director. He
has been a director of the Company since 1993.
    

   
MR. CHERNOW joined the Company in October 1993 as Executive Vice President. From
1977 through 1993 he  held various positions  with Reliance Insurance  Companies
and was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of United Pacific Life
Insurance Company from 1984 through 1993.
    

   
MR.  KATCHER joined the Company  in July 1993 as  Executive Vice President. From
1991 through 1993 he was a Consulting Actuary for Tillinghast. Prior to 1991  he
was  Senior Vice  President and Chief  Actuary with  Monarch Financial Services,
Inc.
    

   
MR. LANGEL joined the Company in  April 1991 as Executive Vice President.  Prior
to joining the Company, he was with J.K. Schofield and Company as Executive Vice
President.
    

                                       39
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

   
MR.  BECKERLEGGE joined  the Company as  General Counsel and  Secretary in March
1988.
    
   
MR. TASHMAN joined  the Company in  August 1994 as  Senior Vice President.  From
1986  through 1993 he  was Senior Vice  President and General  Counsel of United
Pacific Life Insurance Company.
    
   
MR. JACOBSON joined the  Company in November 1993  as Senior Vice President  and
Assistant  Secretary.  From April  1974 through  November  1993 he  held various
positions with United Pacific Life Insurance Company and was Vice President upon
leaving.
    
   
MS. WILKINSON joined the Company in November 1993 as Senior Vice President. From
August 1993 through October 1993 she was an Assistant Vice President with  CIGNA
Insurance  Companies.  From  January 1987  through  July 1993  she  held various
positions with United Pacific Life Insurance Company and was Vice President  and
Controller upon leaving.
    
   
MR.  PRESTON joined the Company in December 1993 as Senior Vice President, Chief
Actuary and Controller. From September 1993 through November 1993 he was  Senior
Vice  President and Actuary  for Mutual of America  Insurance Company. From July
1987 through August  1993 he  held various  positions with  United Pacific  Life
Insurance Company and was Vice President and Actuary upon leaving.
    

   
COMPENSATION TABLES AND OTHER INFORMATION
    

   
The  following tables  set forth  information with  respect to  the former Chief
Executive Officer of Golden American as well as the annual salary and bonus  for
the  next four  most highly compensated  executive officers for  the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1994. Certain executive officers of Golden American are  also
officers  of Directed Services,  Inc. ("DSI"). The  salaries of such individuals
are allocated  between  Golden American  and  DSI.  With the  exception  of  Mr.
Kendall,  executive officers of Golden American are also officers of BT Variable
and DSI. The salaries of such individuals are allocated between Golden American,
BT Variable  and DSI  pursuant  to an  arrangement  among these  companies.  Mr.
Kendall   also  serves  as  a  Managing  Director  at  Bankers  Trust  New  York
Corporation. Compensation amounts for Mr. Kendall which are reflected throughout
these tables are  not charged to  Golden American, but  are instead absorbed  by
Bankers Trust New York Corporation.
    

                                       40
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

   
                          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLE
    

   
The  following table  sets forth  information with  respect to  the former Chief
Executive Officer of GALIC as well as  the annual salary and bonus for the  next
four  most  highly  compensated executive  officers  for the  fiscal  year ended
December 31, 1994.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        LONG-TERM
                                                              ANNUAL COMPENSATION    COMPENSATION
                                                                                       RESTRICTED      SECURITIES
NAME AND                                                     ----------------------   STOCK AWARDS     UNDERLYING       ALL OTHER
PRINCIPAL POSITION                                 YEAR       SALARY     BONUS(1)     OPTIONS(2)(3)      OPTIONS      COMPENSATION
- - ----------------------------------------------     -----     ---------  -----------  ---------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>
Terry Lee Kendall, ...........................        1994     250,000                    276,030          11,000
 Chairman, President and Chief Executive              1995                 400,000
 Officer (6) (September 1993 to Present)
Barnett Chernow, .............................        1994     185,000                      1,800             500       98,212(4)
 Executive Vice President                             1995                 165,000
Mitchell Katcher, ............................        1994     175,000
 Executive Vice President                             1995                 150,000
Robert Benjamin Langel, ......................        1994     150,000     178,000                                      18,750(5)
 Executive Vice President                             1995                  35,000
Fred H. Davidson, ............................        1994     164,766                                                  25,125(5)
 Former Executive Vice President                      1995
Stephen Preston, .............................        1994     131,667                                                   4,721(4)
 Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary and          1995                  50,000
 Controller
</TABLE>
    

- - ------------------------------

   
(1) Bonuses paid in January  1995 relate to performance  for the previous  year.
    The  amount  shown  does  not  include  bonuses  paid  in  January  1994 for
    performance in 1993.
    

   
(2) Amounts shown are  for awards granted  and exercisable in  1994. This  table
    does not reflect shares granted in 1993 exercisable in 1996. All awards have
    been  valued for  this table  using closing  prices of  the common  stock of
    Bankers Trust New York Corporation as of December 31, 1994 using a Bloomberg
    system. Shares of  restricted stock have  a three year  vesting period.  The
    number and value of Restricted Shares and Restricted Units held by executive
    officers as of December 31, 1994 is Mr. Kendall 3,000 shares and 3,000 units
    -- $166,125 and Mr. Chernow: 500 shares and 500 units -- $27,688.
    

   
(3) Dividends  are paid on  unvested Restricted Shares  and dividend equivalents
    are  paid  on  unvested  Restricted  units.  Such  dividends  and   dividend
    equivalents  are equal in amount to the  dividends paid on shares on Bankers
    Trust New York Corporation Common Stock.
    

   
(4) Amounts shown for 1994 represent relocation  expenses paid on behalf of  the
    employee.
    

   
(5) Contributions  are  made  by  the  Company  on  behalf  of  the  employee to
    PartnerShare, the deferred compensation plan sponsored by Bankers Trust  New
    York  Corporation and  its affiliates for  the benefit of  all Bankers Trust
    employees, in February  of the  current year to  employees on  record as  of
    December  31 of the previous year, after  the employee completes one year of
    service with the company. This contribution  may be in the form of  deferred
    compensation  and/or a cash payment. In 1994, Mr. Langel received $16,495 of
    deferred compensation and $2,250 of cash payment from the plan. Mr. Davidson
    received $19,044 of deferred  compensation and $6,081  of cash payment  from
    the   plan.  All  other  executives  listed  above  were  not  eligible  for
    contributions to the PartnerShare Plan in 1994.
    

   
(6) Mr. Kendall has served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of
    Golden American since September  of 1993. Mr.  Kendall's salary and  bonuses
    are paid directly by Bankers Trust New York Corporation.
    

                                       41
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

   
                         OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           % OF TOTAL
                                                           NUMBER OF        OPTIONS
                                                          SECURITIES       GRANTED TO                       EXPIRATION
                                                          UNDERLYING      EMPLOYEES IN   EXERCISE PRICE        DATE
                                           FISCAL YEAR  OPTIONS GRANTED   FISCAL YEAR     ($ PER SHARE)   ($ PER SHARE)
                                           -----------  ---------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
Terry Lee Kendall........................        1994          8,000         .0003268          68.625        6-21-2004

<CAPTION>

                                           GRANT DATE
                                             PRESENT
                                            VALUE(3)
                                           -----------
<S>                                        <C>
Terry Lee Kendall........................   $ 161,680
</TABLE>
    

   
(1) Options  grants in 1994 relate  to performance in 1994.  This table does not
    include option grants in 1993 related to performance in 1993.
    

   
(2) All  options  on  Bankers  Trust  New  York  Corporation  common  stock  are
    exercisable on June 21, 1995.
    

   
(3) Valued  using a Black-Scholes style valuation.  The assumptions used for the
    variables in the model were: 27% volatility (which is the volatility of  the
    Common  Stock for the  36 months preceding  grant); an 8.29%  rate of return
    (which is the rate as  of February 10, 1995 adjusted  by 41 basis points  to
    represent  the LIBOR rate as of the grant date for zero coupon bond expiring
    June 2004); a 5.25% dividend yield; and a 10-year option term (which is  the
    term of the option granted). The actual gain Mr. Kendall will realize on the
    options  will depend on the  future price of the  Common Stock and cannot be
    accurately forecast by application of an option valuation.
    

   
Directors of Golden American receive no additional compensation for serving as a
director.
    

   
OTHER COMPENSATION
    
   
  On November  29, 1993,  Mr.  Jerome Golden  resigned  as President  of  Golden
  American. He had served as President from July 1987 through November 29, 1993.
  In  accordance with the terms of a Separation Agreement between Mr. Golden and
  the Company, Mr.  Golden was  paid $425,000  in 1994  and again  in 1995.  The
  amounts represent a full settlement with no future payments required.
    

 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

INTRODUCTION

The  contract is designed for  use by individuals or  groups in retirement plans
which are qualified under Section 408  or non-qualified under the provisions  of
the  Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). The ultimate effect
of Federal income taxes on the amounts paid for the contract, on the  investment
return  on  assets held  under  the contract,  on  annuity payments  and  on the
economic benefits to the owner, annuitant or beneficiary depends upon the  terms
of  the contract, upon Golden  American's tax status and  upon the tax status of
the individuals concerned.

   
The following discussion is general in nature and is not intended as tax advice.
Each person concerned should consult a competent tax advisor. No attempt is made
to consider any applicable state or other tax laws. Moreover, the discussion  is
based  upon Golden  American's understanding of  the Federal income  tax laws as
they  are  currently  interpreted.  No  representation  is  made  regarding  the
likelihood  of  continuation  of  the  Federal  income  tax  laws,  the Treasury
Regulations, or the current interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service (the
"IRS"). For a discussion of  Federal income taxes as  they relate to the  Trust,
please see the accompanying prospectus for the Trust.
    

GOLDEN AMERICAN TAX STATUS

   
Golden  American is taxed as a life insurance company under Part I of Subchapter
L of the Code. Since the Accounts are not separate entities from Golden American
and their operations  form a part  of Golden  American, they will  not be  taxed
separately  as "regulated investment companies" under  Subchapter M of the Code.
Investment income and  realized capital  gains on the  assets of  Account B  and
Account  D are reinvested and taken into account in determining the Accumulation
Value in the Divisions. Under existing  Federal income tax law, Golden  American
does  not incur tax  on the Accounts' investment  income, including realized net
capital gains. Golden American reserves the right to make a deduction for  taxes
should they be imposed with respect to such items in the future.
    

TAXATION OF NON-QUALIFIED ANNUITIES

1. IN GENERAL
   
  Code  Section72  generally governs  the  taxation of  non-qualified annuities.
  Under  this  provision,  except  as  described  below,  any  increase  in  the
  contract's value is generally not taxable to the owner until a distribution is
  made from the contract, either in the form of annuity payments as contemplated
  by  the contract, or  in some other  form of distribution.  However, this rule
  applies only if (1) the investments of
    

                                       42
<PAGE>
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)
   
  Account B  and  Account D  are  "adequately diversified"  in  accordance  with
  Treasury  Department regulations, (2) Golden  American, rather than the owner,
  is considered the owner of the assets  of the Accounts for Federal income  tax
  purposes, and (3) the owner is an individual. In addition to the foregoing, if
  the  contract's annuity commencement date occurs  at a time when the annuitant
  is at an advanced age, such as over age 85, it is possible that the owner will
  be taxable currently on the annual increase in the Accumulation Value.
    

   
  DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.  Treasury Department regulations ("Regulations")
  issued under Code Section817 (h) prescribe the manner in which the investments
  of a segregated  asset account, such  as Account B  and Account D,  are to  be
  "adequately  diversified." The Regulations generally  require that on the last
  day of each quarter of a  calendar year (i) no more  than 55% of the value  of
  each  segregated asset account  is represented by any  one investment; (ii) no
  more than 70% is represented by any two investments; (iii) no more than 80% is
  represented by any three investments; and (iv) no more than 90% is represented
  by any four investments.  For purposes of  complying with these  requirements,
  all securities of the same issuer are treated as a single investment, and each
  U.S.  government  agency  or instrumentality  will  be treated  as  a separate
  issuer. In  addition,  where  a  segregated asset  account  invests  in  other
  regulated  investment companies or certain other entities (E.G., the Divisions
  of Account  B  do), a  "look-through"  rule applies  and,  as a  result,  each
  Division  of  an Account  must be  tested for  compliance with  the percentage
  limitations by  looking through  to the  assets of  that regulated  investment
  company or other entity.
    

   
  If  a  Division  of  Account  B  or Account  D  failed  to  comply  with these
  diversification standards, a contract allocating values to that Division would
  not be treated as an annuity contract for Federal income tax purposes and  the
  owner  would generally be taxable currently on  the income on the contract (as
  defined   in   the   tax   law)   beginning   with   the   first   period   of
  non-diversification.  Golden American  expects that  Account B  and Account D,
  including  each  of  the  Divisions,  will  comply  with  the  diversification
  requirements prescribed by the Regulations.
    

   
  OWNERSHIP  TREATMENT.   In  certain  circumstances, variable  annuity contract
  owners may be considered the owners,  for Federal income tax purposes, of  the
  assets  of the segregated asset account, such as Account B and Account D, used
  to support their contracts. In those circumstances, income and gains from  the
  segregated  asset account  would be includible  in the  contract owners' gross
  income. The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner
  will be considered the owner of the assets of the segregated asset account  if
  the  owner  possesses incidents  of  ownership in  those  assets, such  as the
  ability to  exercise investment  control  over the  assets. In  addition,  the
  Treasury  Department announced, in connection with the issuance of regulations
  concerning investment diversification, that those regulations "do not  provide
  guidance  concerning  the  circumstances  in  which  investor  control  of the
  investments of a segregated asset account may cause the investor, rather  than
  the  insurance  company, to  be  treated as  the owner  of  the assets  in the
  account." This announcement also stated that  guidance would be issued by  way
  of  regulations or  rulings on the  "extent to which  policyholders may direct
  their investments to particular sub- accounts [of a segregated asset  account]
  without  being treated as owners of the  underlying assets." As of the date of
  this prospectus, no such guidance has been issued.
    

   
  The ownership  rights under  the contract  are similar  to, but  different  in
  certain  respects from, those described by the  IRS in rulings in which it was
  determined that contract owners were not owners of the assets of a  segregated
  asset  account. For example, the owner of this contract has the choice of more
  investment options  to which  to allocate  premium payments  and  Accumulation
  Values,  and may be able to transfer among investment options more frequently,
  than in such rulings. In addition, the  owner of this contract has the  choice
  of certain investment options which may be more similar to each other in their
  investment  objectives than in such rulings. These differences could result in
  the owner being treated as the owner of  a portion of the assets of Account  B
  and  Account D. In addition, Golden American does not know what standards will
  be set forth in the regulations  or rulings which the Treasury Department  has
  stated  it expects to  issue. Golden American therefore  reserves the right to
  modify the contract as  necessary to attempt to  prevent contract owners  from
  being considered the owners of the assets of Account B and Account D.
    

  Frequently,  if the IRS or  the Treasury Department sets  forth a new position
  which is adverse to taxpayers, the position is applied on a prospective  basis
  only. Thus, if the IRS or the Treasury Department were to issue regulations or
  a ruling which treated an owner of this contract as the owner of Account B and
  Account D, that treatment might apply on a

                                       43
<PAGE>
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)
  prospective  basis. However, if the ruling  or regulations were not considered
  to set forth a new position, an owner might retroactively be determined to  be
  the owner of the assets of Account B and Account D.

  NON-NATURAL OWNER.  As a general rule, contracts held by "non-natural persons"
  such  as a corporation, trust or other similar entity, as opposed to a natural
  person, are not  treated as annuity  contracts for Federal  tax purposes.  The
  income  on such  contracts (as defined  in the  tax law) is  taxed as ordinary
  income that is received  or accrued by  the owner of  the contract during  the
  taxable   year.  There  are  several  exceptions  to  this  general  rule  for
  non-natural owners. First, contracts  will generally be treated  as held by  a
  natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other entity which holds the
  contract  as an  agent for a  natural person. However,  this special exception
  will not apply  in the  case of any  employer who  is the nominal  owner of  a
  contract  under  a  non-qualified deferred  compensation  arrangement  for its
  employees.

  In addition, exceptions to the general rule for non-natural owners will  apply
  with respect to (1) contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of
  the  death of  the decedent, (2)  contracts issued in  connection with certain
  qualified plans, (3) contracts purchased by employers upon the termination  of
  certain  qualified  plans,  (4)  certain  contracts  used  in  connection with
  structured settlement agreements,  and (5) contracts  purchased with a  single
  purchase  payment when the annuity starting date  is no later than a year from
  purchase of the contract and  substantially equal periodic payments are  made,
  not less frequently than annually, during the annuity period.

  The  remainder of this discussion assumes that the contract will be treated as
  an annuity contract for Federal income tax purposes.

2. WITHDRAWALS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
  Code Section72 provides that the proceeds  of a total surrender of a  contract
  prior  to the annuity commencement  date will be taxed  to the extent that the
  amount distributed  exceeds the  "investment  in the  contract" and  that  any
  partial withdrawal from a contract prior to the annuity commencement date will
  be  treated as taxable income to the extent the amount held under the contract
  immediately before  the  withdrawal  occurs exceeds  the  "investment  in  the
  contract."  The "investment in  the contract" is  defined in the  Code as that
  portion, if any, of premium payments by or on behalf of an individual under  a
  contract which was not excluded from the individual's gross income at the time
  of  such payment less any amounts previously received under the contract which
  were excluded from the individual's gross income at the time of their receipt.
  The taxable  portion  of  any  distribution  received  prior  to  the  annuity
  commencement  date will be  subject to tax  at ordinary income  tax rates. For
  purposes of this rule, a  pledge or assignment of a  contract is treated as  a
  payment received on account of a partial withdrawal of a contract.

  In  the case of systematic partial  withdrawals, the amount of each withdrawal
  should be considered  as a  distribution and  taxed in  the same  manner as  a
  partial withdrawal prior to the annuity commencement date, as described above.
  However,  there is some uncertainty regarding  the tax treatment of systematic
  partial withdrawals,  and  it  is  possible that  additional  amounts  may  be
  includible in income.

   
  In   addition,  the  contract  provides  a   death  benefit  that  in  certain
  circumstances  may  exceed  the  greater  of  the  premium  payments  and  the
  Accumulation Value. As described elsewhere in this prospectus, Golden American
  imposes  certain  charges  with  respect to,  among  other  things,  the death
  benefit. It is possible  that some portion of  those charges could be  treated
  for Federal tax purposes as a partial withdrawal from the contract.
    

  In  certain  circumstances, surrender  charges may  be  waived because  of the
  owner's need  of extended  medical care  or because  of the  owner's  terminal
  illness.  Distributions in respect  of which surrender  charges are waived are
  treated as partial withdrawals.

3. ANNUITY PAYMENTS AND WITHDRAWALS ON OR AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
  Proceeds of a total surrender of  the contract after the annuity  commencement
  date  are taxable  to the  extent the  proceeds exceed  the investment  in the
  contract at that time. In addition, proceeds of a partial withdrawal after the
  annuity commencement date are fully taxable.  Also, a portion of each  annuity
  payment under the contract is taxable if the value of the contract exceeds the
  investment  in the contract. The taxable portion of an annuity payment will be
  subject to tax at ordinary income tax rates.

  For fixed annuity payments, the taxable portion of each payment is  determined
  by  using  a  formula  known  as  the  "exclusion  ratio,"  which  establishes

                                       44
<PAGE>
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)
   
  the ratio that the investment in the contract (allocated to the fixed  annuity
  option)  bears to the total expected amount  of fixed annuity payments for the
  term of the contract. That ratio is then applied to each payment to  determine
  the  non-taxable portion of the payment. The remaining portion of each payment
  is taxed at ordinary income rates.
    

   
  For variable annuity payments, in  general, the taxable portion is  determined
  by  a formula which establishes a specific  dollar amount of each payment that
  is not taxed. The  dollar amount is determined  by dividing the investment  in
  the contract (allocated to the variable annuity option) by the total number of
  expected  periodic payments. The remaining portion of each payment is taxed at
  ordinary income rates.
    

  Once the excludable portion of annuity payments to date equals the  investment
  in the contract, the balance of the annuity payments will be fully taxable.

  If  amounts have become  payable under the  contract (such as  where the owner
  elects to surrender an amount) and  if the distribution-at-death rules do  not
  apply  to  such  amount, the  amount  will be  treated  as a  partial  or full
  surrender for Federal income tax purposes  if applied under an annuity  option
  later  than 60 days  after the time  when the amount  became payable. Thus, if
  such an amount is applied under an annuity option after the 60 day period,  it
  will  be treated as a  partial or full surrender, even  if the full amount has
  not been distributed from the contract.
4. WITHHOLDING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
   
  Golden American will withhold and remit to  the U.S. government a part of  the
  taxable portion of each distribution made under a contract unless the taxpayer
  notifies  Golden American at or before the time of the distribution that he or
  she elects not to have any amounts withheld. The withholding rates  applicable
  to  the taxable portion of periodic annuity payments typically are the same as
  the withholding rates generally applicable to payments of wages. In  addition,
  the  withholding  rate  applicable  to  the  taxable  portion  of non-periodic
  payments (including surrenders prior to the annuity commencement date) is 10%.
  Golden  American  also   has  tax  reporting   obligations  with  respect   to
  distributions from the contract.
    

5. PENALTY TAX ON CERTAIN WITHDRAWALS
   
  With  respect to amounts withdrawn or  distributed before the taxpayer reaches
  age 59 1/2, a penalty  tax is imposed equal to  10% of the taxable portion  of
  amounts  withdrawn or distributed. However, the  penalty tax will not apply to
  withdrawals: (i) made on or after the  death of the owner, or where the  owner
  is  not  an  individual,  the  death of  the  "primary  annuitant"  (i.e., the
  individual the events in whose life are of primary importance in affecting the
  timing or amount of the payout  under the contract); (ii) attributable to  the
  taxpayer's   becoming   totally   disabled   within   the   meaning   of  Code
  Section72(m)(7); (iii)  which are  part  of a  series of  substantially  equal
  periodic  payments made at least annually for the life (or life expectancy) of
  the taxpayer, or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the  taxpayer
  and  his  beneficiary;  (iv)  from  certain  qualified  retirement  plans; (v)
  allocable to investment in the contract  before August 14, 1982; (vi) under  a
  qualified  funding asset  (as defined in  Code Section130(d));  (vii) under an
  immediate annuity contract, or  (viii) which are purchased  by an employer  on
  termination  of certain types of qualified retirement plans and which are held
  by the employer until the employee separates from service.
    

   
  If the  penalty  tax does  not  apply  to a  withdrawal  as a  result  of  the
  application  of item (iii)  above, and the series  of payments is subsequently
  modified (other than by reason of death  or disability), the tax for the  year
  when  the modification occurs will be increased by an amount (as determined by
  regulations) equal to the tax that would have been imposed but for item  (iii)
  above,  plus interest for the deferral period, if the modification takes place
  (a) before the close of the period which  is within five years of the date  of
  the first payment and after the taxpayer attains age 59 1/2, or (b) before the
  taxpayer reaches age 59 1/2.
    

   
  In  the case of systematic withdrawals, it is unclear whether such withdrawals
  will qualify for exception (iii) above.
    

TAXATION OF INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES

Code Section408  permits individuals  or  their employers  to contribute  to  an
individual  retirement program known as an Individual Retirement Annuity. If the
contract is used for this purpose, the owner must be the annuitant. In addition,
distributions from  certain other  types of  qualified retirement  plans may  be
placed into an Individual Retirement Annuity on a tax deferred basis.

Individual  Retirement Annuities are subject to  limitations on the amount which
may be contributed and the time when distributions may commence. Tax  penalties,
including  disqualification in certain instances,  may apply to contributions in
excess of specified limits, loans or  assignments, distributions in excess of  a
specified  amount annually  or that do  not meet specified  requirements, and in
certain other circumstances.

                                       45
<PAGE>
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)

Under the Internal Revenue Code, distributions from qualified retirement  plans,
including Individual Retirement Annuities, Simplified Employee Pensions, and Tax
Sheltered  Annuities,  generally must  begin  not later  than  April 1st  of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which an owner attains age 70  1/2.
If  the required minimum distribution  is not withdrawn, there  may be a penalty
tax in an amount equal to 50%  of the difference between the amount required  to
be  withdrawn and the amount actually withdrawn. See the Statement of Additional
Information for a discussion of the various special rules concerning the minimum
distribution requirements.

If  all  premium  payments  made  to  an  Individual  Retirement  Annuity   were
deductible,  all  amounts  distributed from  the  contract are  included  in the
recipient's income when distributed. However, if nondeductible premium  payments
were made to the Individual Retirement Annuity (within the limits allowed by the
tax law), a portion of each distribution from the contract typically is included
in  income when it is distributed. In such  a case, any amount distributed as an
annuity payment or  in a lump  sum upon death  or a full  surrender is taxed  as
described  above in  connection with  such a  distribution from  a non-qualified
contract,  treating  the  investment  in  the   contract  as  the  sum  of   the
non-deductible  premium payments  at the  end of the  taxable year  in which the
distribution commences or is made (less any amounts previously distributed  that
were  excluded from income). Also in such  a case, any amount distributed upon a
partial surrender is partially  includible in income.  The includible amount  is
the  excess of the distribution over the  exclusion amount, which in turn equals
the distribution multiplied by  the ratio of the  investment in the contract  to
the  amount held  under the  contract. The  amount includible  in income  may be
subject to a 10% penalty tax if the recipient is under age 59 1/2.

   
Individual  Retirement  Annuities  generally  may  not  provide  life  insurance
coverage,  but they may provide  a death benefit that  equals the greater of the
premiums paid and the contract value. The contract provides a death benefit that
in certain circumstances may exceed the greater of the premium payments and  the
Accumulation  Value. Golden American  intends to request  a determination letter
from the  IRS  that would  approve  use  of the  contract,  as to  form,  as  an
Individual Retirement Annuity.
    

Subject  to  certain  direct  rollover  and  mandatory  withholding requirements
(discussed below),  amounts generally  may  be "rolled  over" from  a  qualified
retirement  plan  to an  Individual Retirement  Annuity  (or from  an Individual
Retirement Annuity or individual retirement account to an Individual  Retirement
Annuity) without incurring tax if certain conditions are met. Only certain types
of  distributions  from  qualified  retirement  plans  or  Individual Retirement
Annuities may be rolled over.

In  the  case  of  annuity  contracts   used  in  connection  with  a   pension,
profit-sharing,   or  annuity   plan  qualified  under   Code  Section401(a)  or
Section403(a), or in the case of  a Code Section403(b) "Tax Sheltered  Annuity,"
any "eligible rollover distribution" from the contract will be subject to direct
rollover   and   mandatory  withholding   requirements.  An   eligible  rollover
distribution generally is any taxable distribution from a qualified pension plan
under Code Section401(a),  qualified annuity plan  under Code Section403(a),  or
Code Section403(b) Tax Sheltered Annuity or custodial account, excluding certain
amounts  (such as minimum  distributions required under  Code Section401 (a) (9)
and distributions which are  part of a "series  of substantially equal  periodic
payments"  made for life or a specified period  of 10 years or more. Under these
requirements, withholding  at  a rate  of  20 percent  will  be imposed  on  any
eligible  rollover distribution. In addition, the participant in these qualified
retirement plans cannot  elect out of  withholding with respect  to an  eligible
rollover  distribution. However, this 20 percent  withholding will not apply if,
instead of receiving the eligible rollover distribution, the participant  elects
to have amounts directly transferred to certain qualified retirement plans (such
as to this contract when issued as an Individual Retirement Annuity).

It  is  important  that  you  consult  your  tax  advisor  before  purchasing an
Individual Retirement Annuity.

DISTRIBUTION-AT-DEATH RULES

   
In order  to be  treated as  an annuity  contract for  Federal tax  purposes,  a
non-qualified contract must provide the following two distribution rules: (a) if
any holder dies on or after the annuity commencement date, and before the entire
interest  in the  contract has  been distributed,  the remainder  of his  or her
interest will  be  distributed  at least  as  quickly  as under  the  method  of
distribution  in effect on the holder's death; and (b) if any holder dies before
the annuity  commencement  date,  the  entire  interest  in  the  contract  must
generally  be distributed within five  years after the date  of death, or to the
extent such interest is payable to a designated beneficiary, such interest  must
be distributed over the life of that designated beneficiary or over a period not
extending  beyond  the  life expectancy  of  that  beneficiary, so  long  as the
distributions begin within one year after the date of death. If the  beneficiary
is  the surviving spouse of the holder, the contract (together with the deferral
of tax on the
    

                                       46
<PAGE>
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)
   
accrued and  future income  thereunder) may  be  continued in  the name  of  the
spouse. The holder of the contract will generally be the owner.
    

Where  any  holder  is  not  an  individual,  solely  for  the  purpose  of  the
distribution at death rules, the primary  annuitant is also considered a  holder
and the death of or change of the primary annuitant is treated as the death of a
holder.  The primary annuitant is the individual  the events in the life of whom
are of primary importance in affecting the  timing or amount of payment under  a
contract.  Finally,  in the  case  of joint  holders,  the distribution  will be
required at the death  of the first  of the holders to  die. In some  instances,
these  Distribution-at-Death rules will force distributions from a contract even
though no death benefit is payable.

TAXATION OF DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS

Amounts may be distributed from a non-qualified contract because of the death of
an owner or annuitant. Generally, such  amounts are includible in the income  of
the  recipient as follows: (a)  if distributed in a lump  sum, they are taxed in
the same manner as a full surrender of the contract, as described above, or  (b)
if  distributed under an  annuity option, they  are taxed in  the same manner as
annuity payments, as described above.
TRANSFER OF ANNUITY CONTRACTS
   
Transfers of non-qualified annuity contracts for less than the full and adequate
consideration will trigger tax on the gain in the contract, at the time of  such
transfer, with the transferee getting a step-up in basis for the amount included
in  the  owner's income.  This  provision does  not  apply to  transfers between
spouses or to a former spouse incident to a divorce.
    
ASSIGNMENTS

A  transfer  of  ownership  or  a  collateral  assignment  may  result  in   tax
consequences  to the owner that are not discussed herein. An owner contemplating
such a  transfer or  assignment of  a contract  should contact  a competent  tax
advisor with respect to the potential tax effects of such a transaction.

MULTIPLE CONTRACTS RULE

For   purposes  of  determining  the  amount  of  any  distribution  under  Code
Section72(e) (amounts not  received as  annuities) that is  includible in  gross
income,  all non-qualified  deferred annuity  contracts issued  by the  same (or
affiliate) insurer  to  the  same owner  during  any  calendar year  are  to  be
aggregated and treated as one contract. Thus, any amount received under any such
contract  prior to the contract's  annuity starting date (as  defined in the tax
law), such  as a  partial surrender,  dividend, or  loan, will  be taxable  (and
possibly subject to the 10% penalty tax) to the extent of the combined income in
all  such contracts.  The Treasury  Department has  specific authority  to issue
regulations that prevent the avoidance of  72(e) through the serial purchase  of
annuity  contracts or otherwise.  In addition, there may  be other situations in
which the  Treasury Department  may conclude  that it  would be  appropriate  to
aggregate  two or  more contracts purchased  by the same  owner. Accordingly, an
owner should consult  a competent tax  advisor before purchasing  more than  one
annuity contract.

   
SECTION 1035 EXCHANGES
    

   
Code  Section 1035 provides that  no gain or loss  is recognized when an annuity
contract is received  in exchange for  a life insurance,  endowment, or  annuity
contract,  provided that no cash  or other property is  received in the exchange
transaction. Special rules and procedures apply in order for an exchange to meet
the  requirements  of  Code  Section  1035.  Also,  there  are  additional   tax
considerations  involved  when  the  contracts  are  issued  in  connection with
qualified retirement plans. Prospective owners of this contract should consult a
tax advisor before entering into a  Code Section 1035 exchange (with respect  to
nonqualified  annuity contracts)  or a  trustee-to-trustee transfer  or rollover
(with respect to qualified annuity contracts).
    

                                       47
<PAGE>
                 (This page has been left blank intentionally.)

                                       48
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                               THE MANAGED GLOBAL
                              ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D

INTRODUCTION     PART II GIVES FURTHER BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON ACCOUNT D AND
THE GLOBAL ACCOUNT, INCLUDING ITS INVESTMENT POLICIES AND ACTIVITIES.

                                       49
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D

THE GLOBAL ACCOUNT

The  Global  Account  is  a  non-diversified  investment  company  which invests
directly in securities. There can be  no assurance that the Global Account  will
meet  its investment objective. Account D  may also offer other securities which
are not  available  through  the  purchase  of  the  contract  offered  by  this
prospectus. DSI serves as the Manager of Account D and Warburg, Pincus serves as
the Portfolio Manager of the Global Account.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES OF THE GLOBAL ACCOUNT

The  Global  Account's investment  objective is  to  seek high  total investment
return consistent with  a prudent  regard for capital  preservation. In  seeking
this  objective,  the  Global  Account  employs  an  asset  allocation  strategy
involving shifts among a wide range of investments and market sectors throughout
the world. The Global Account may invest in the following classes of securities:
equity securities  of domestic  and foreign  issuers, including  common  stocks,
preferred  stocks,  convertible  securities, and  warrants;  debt  securities of
domestic  and  foreign  issuers,   including  bonds,  debentures,   asset-backed
securities,  and notes;  and money  market instruments  of domestic  and foreign
issuers. The  Global Account  may  also use  various investment  strategies  and
techniques  in seeking its investment  objective including entering into forward
currency contracts; purchasing and writing  put and call options on  securities,
securities  indexes, and  currencies; purchasing  and selling  futures contracts
including interest  rate  futures  contracts,  stock  index  futures  contracts,
futures  contracts based upon  securities, which may be  domestic or foreign and
corporate  or  governmental,  foreign  exchange  futures  contracts,  and  other
financial  futures contracts;  purchasing and  writing put  and call  options on
financial futures contracts; engaging in short sales of securities; and entering
into repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements.

The total investment  return that the  Global Account seeks  may consist (i)  of
capital  appreciation from  several possible sources,  including appreciation in
the value of securities held by the Global Account, the sale of securities whose
market value has changed, the use of futures and options, and the use of forward
currency contracts; (ii) of  interest from underlying  securities; and (iii)  of
income  received from the writing of options. Changes in the value of securities
denominated in foreign  currencies may be  attributable in whole  or in part  to
changes in the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar.

In seeking the Global Account's investment objective, the Portfolio Manager will
use  an opportunistic approach to allocating the Global Account's assets through
varying economic and financial conditions. The Portfolio Manager believes that a
successful investment approach in the  current global environment must be  based
upon careful analysis of the global economic and geopolitical environment with a
view  to  capitalizing  upon  sector and  market  opportunities  and  to quickly
adapting to changing  circumstances. Thus, the  Portfolio Manager will  allocate
the  Global  Account's assets  among securities  and  currencies based  upon the
Portfolio Manager's assessment  of the most  favorable markets, currencies,  and
issuers.  In this regard, the percentage of the Global Account's assets invested
in a particular  country or denominated  in a particular  currency will vary  in
accordance with the Portfolio Manager's assessment of the appreciation potential
of  such  assets and  the relationship  of  the country's  currency to  the U.S.
dollar.

The Portfolio Manager may allocate the Global Account's assets among the various
types of  securities and  other  assets and  among  issuers located  in  various
countries  and regions as  the Portfolio Manager  deems appropriate, except that
the Global Account's assets normally will  be invested in securities of  issuers
domiciled  or primarily traded in at  least three different countries, which may
include  the  United   States.  (Certain   additional  foreign   diversification
requirements  apply  as  described  below.) The  Portfolio  Manager  is  free to
allocate the Global Account's assets such that, at any time, the Global  Account
may  be primarily  invested in equity  securities or,  alternatively, the Global
Account may have  little or no  assets in equity  securities. Similarly, at  any
time,  the Global  Account may  be primarily  invested in  securities of issuers
domiciled or primarily traded in one region, such as the United States,  Europe,
or  the  Pacific Basin,  or  the Global  Account may  have  little or  no assets
committed to that region.

In considering equity  securities, the Portfolio  Manager will emphasize  large,
well-capitalized companies with strong balance sheets. The Portfolio Manager may
also   consider  other   factors  in  selecting   equity  securities,  including
price-earnings ratios,  cash flows,  and the  relationship of  an issuer's  book
value to its market value.

In  selecting debt  instruments for  the Global  Account, the  Portfolio Manager
emphasizes credit quality. The Global Account will invest only in the following:
(1) fixed-income instruments issued  or guaranteed by  the U.S. Government,  its
agencies,  or instrumentalities ("U.S.  Government Securities"); (2) obligations

                                       50
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
issued  or  guaranteed  by  a  foreign  government  or  any  of  its   political
subdivisions,  authorities, agencies, or  instrumentalities, or by supranational
entities ("foreign government  securities"), which, at  the time of  investment,
are rated A or better by Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") or A or better by
Moody's Investors Services, Inc. ("Moody's") or, if not rated by S&P or Moody's,
determined  by the Portfolio Manager  to be of equivalent  quality; and (3) debt
securities of domestic or foreign issuers which, at the time of investment,  are
rated  A or better by S&P or  A or better by Moody's or,  if not rated by S&P or
Moody's, determined by the Portfolio Manager to be of equivalent quality. In the
event that a debt security held by the Global Account is downgraded to a  rating
that  would render the  security ineligible for purchase  by the Global Account,
the Global Account may nonetheless retain the security.

Debt securities purchased by the  Global Account may be  of any maturity. It  is
anticipated  that the  weighted average maturity  of the debt  securities in the
portfolio (excluding money market instruments)  generally will be between 5  and
15  years,  but may  be shorter  or longer  at the  discretion of  the Portfolio
Manager.

The Global Account invests only in high-quality money market instruments.  These
include the following: (1) short-term U.S. Government securities; (2) short-term
foreign  government securities which, at the time of investment, are rated AA or
better by S&P or  Aa or better by  Moody's or, if not  rated by S&P or  Moody's,
determined   by  the  Portfolio  Manager  to   be  of  equivalent  quality;  (3)
certificates of  deposit, time  deposits, bankers'  acceptances, and  short-term
obligations  of banks and other depository  institutions, both U.S. and foreign,
that have total assets of at least $10 billion (U.S.) and are determined by  the
Portfolio  Manager to  be of  high quality; and  (4) commercial  paper and other
short-term corporate obligations which, at the time of investment, are rated A-2
or better by S&P or P-2 or better by Moody's or, if not rated by S&P or Moody's,
determined by the Portfolio Manager to be of equivalent quality.

The  Global  Account   may  employ  various   investment  strategies   involving
currencies, including entering into forward currency contracts, foreign exchange
futures  contracts, and options  on currencies. (See  "Securities and Investment
Techniques," below.) These strategies may  be employed for purposes of  exposing
the  Global Account to a foreign (or  domestic) currency or to shift exposure to
foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. These strategies  may
also be employed as hedging techniques to help pro-

tect against declines in the U.S. dollar (or other currency) value of the Global
Account's  assets that  might result from  adverse changes  in currency exchange
rates. The  Global  Account  may  engage in  forward  currency  transactions  in
anticipation  of or to protect itself  against fluctuations in currency exchange
rates. The  Global  Account  may  purchase  put  and  call  options  on  foreign
currencies  as  a hedge  against changes  in the  value of  the U.S.  dollar (or
another currency) in relation to a  foreign currency in which securities of  the
Global  Account may be denominated.  Hedging against a change  in the value of a
foreign currency in the foregoing manner does not eliminate fluctuations in  the
prices  of  portfolio  securities  or  prevent  losses  if  the  prices  of such
securities  decline.  Furthermore,  such  hedging  transactions  may  reduce  or
preclude  the opportunity for  gain if the  value of the  hedged currency should
change relative to the U.S. dollar.

NON-DIVERSIFIED

The Global Account is classified as a "non-diversified" investment company under
the 1940 Act, as amended, which means that the Global Account is not limited  by
the 1940 Act in the amount of its assets that it may invest in the securities of
a  single  issuer. However,  the Global  Account  will meet  the diversification
requirements of  Code Section817  (h) and  the Treasury  Department  Regulations
issued  thereunder. Under applicable state  law requirements, the Global Account
may not acquire the securities of any issuer if, as a result of such investment,
more than 10%  of the Global  Account's total  assets would be  invested in  the
securities  of any one issuer,  except that this restriction  shall not apply to
U.S. Government  securities or  foreign government  securities, and  the  Global
Account  will not invest  in a security if,  as a result  of such investment, it
would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.
Nonetheless, because the Global Account, as a non-diversified investment company
under the 1940 Act, may invest in a smaller number of individual issuers than  a
diversified  investment company, an investment in  the Global Account may, under
certain circumstances, present greater risk to an investor than an investment in
a diversified company.  This risk may  include greater exposure  to the risk  of
poor  earnings  or default  of one  issuer than  would  be the  case for  a more
diversified fund.

The  Global  Account   is  also   subject  to  the   following  guidelines   for
diversification  of foreign security investments. If the Global Account has less
then 20% of its assets in foreign issuers, then all of such investment may be in
issuers domiciled or primarily traded in one country. If the Global Account  has
at  least  20%  but  less  than  40% of  its  assets  in  foreign  issuers, then

                                       51
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
such investment must be allocated to issuers domiciled or primarily traded in at
least two different countries. Similarly, if the Global Account has at least 40%
but less than  60% of its  assets in  foreign issuers, such  investment must  be
allocated  in at  least three different  countries. Foreign  investments must be
allocated to at least  four different countries  if at least  60% of the  Global
Account's assets is in foreign issuers, and to at least five different countries
if at least 80% of its assets is in foreign issuers.

The  Global Account  may have  no more than  20% of  its net  assets invested in
securities of issuers domiciled or primarily  traded in any one country,  except
that the Global Account may have an additional 15% of its net assets invested in
securities  of issuers domiciled or primarily traded in any one of the following
countries: Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Japan and The United Kingdom. The
Global Account's investments in  U.S. issuers are not  subject to these  foreign
country diversification guidelines.

RISK FACTORS

The   Global  Account's  investment  policies  and  certain  of  the  investment
techniques in which  the Global Account  may engage involve  certain risks.  For
instance,   the  Global  Account  will  invest  in  non-U.S.  dollar-denominated
securities of foreign issuers. Investing  in such securities involves  different
risk  considerations than investing in securities of U.S. issuers, including the
risks of investment  in foreign countries,  foreign exchange rate  fluctuations,
exchange   controls,  and  others.  The  Global   Account  may  also  engage  in
transactions in financial futures contracts,  both domestic and foreign, and  in
various  put and  call options.  The Global Account  may also  engage in foreign
currency transactions and options on  foreign currencies. Risks associated  with
these  techniques  are described  more  fully under  "Securities  and Investment
Techniques."
In  general,  because  investment  in  foreign  issuers  will  usually   involve
currencies  of foreign countries, and because  the Global Account may be exposed
to currency  risk independent  of its  securities positions,  the value  of  the
assets  of the Global  Account as measured  in U.S. dollars  will be affected by
changes in  foreign currency  exchange  rates. To  the  extent that  the  Global
Account's  assets consist of  investments denominated in  a particular currency,
the Global Account's  exposure to  adverse developments affecting  the value  of
that  currency  will increase.  Foreign  currency exchange  rates  may fluctuate
significantly over short periods of time.  They generally are determined by  the
forces  of supply and  demand in the  foreign exchange markets  and the relative
merits of  investment in  different countries,  actual or  perceived changes  in
interest  rates,  and  other  complex factors,  as  seen  from  an international
perspective. Currency  exchange  rates also  can  be affected  unpredictably  by
intervention by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks in the availability
of  money or interest rates, by the  failure to intervene, by currency controls,
or by political and economic developments in  the U.S. or abroad. The market  in
forward  foreign  currency  exchange contracts  and  other  privately negotiated
currency instruments offers less protection against defaults by the other  party
to  such instruments  than is  available for  currency instruments  traded on an
exchange. To the extent that a substantial portion of the Global Account's total
assets, adjusted  to reflect  the  Global Account's  net position  after  giving
effect  to currency  transactions, is denominated  in the  currencies of foreign
countries, the Global Account  will be more susceptible  to the risk of  adverse
economic and political developments within those countries.

   
In  addition,  because  of  the  Global  Account's  flexible  investment policy,
portfolio turnover may be  greater than for a  portfolio that does not  allocate
assets  among  various  types  of securities  and  among  various  countries and
regions. A higher  rate of portfolio  turnover involves correspondingly  greater
brokerage  expenses which must be borne by the Global Account (and indirectly by
investors allocating Accumulation Value  to the Global  Account), and may  under
certain  circumstances make it more difficult  for the Global Account to qualify
as a regulated investment company under the Code.
    

   
There can be no  assurance that the Global  Account will achieve its  investment
objective.  Investors should  be aware  that the  value of  the Global Account's
assets will fluctuate and  a contract owner's  Accumulation Value will  increase
and  decrease in value as the market value of the securities and other assets in
which the Global Account invests fluctuates.
    

The Global Account is intended for long-term investors who can accept the  risks
involved  in  investments in  foreign securities.  The  Global Account  does not
purport to offer a complete investment program to which a prudent investor would
commit all of his or  her investment capital, nor  is it intended for  investors
whose principal objective is income.

BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF ACCOUNT D

The business and affairs of Account D are managed under the direction of a Board
of Governors, which

                                       52
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
currently  consists of four  members. The Board  of Governors has responsibility
for the  investment  management-related  operations of  Account  D  and  matters
arising  under the 1940 Act. The Board of Governors does not have responsibility
for the payment  of obligations  under the  contract and  administration of  the
contract.  These matters are Golden  American's responsibility. The business and
affairs of Account D are governed under a  set of rules adopted by the Board  of
Governors called "Rules and Regulations of Separate Account D."

THE MANAGER

DSI  serves as  Manager to  Account D  pursuant to  a Management  Agreement with
Account D. The Manager is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of
New York. Its address  is 280 Park Avenue,  New York, New York  10017. DSI is  a
wholly owned subsidiary of BT Variable, Inc., which is an indirect subsidiary of
Bankers  Trust Company. DSI's business activities include those of a distributor
and underwriter  of variable  insurance products,  broker-dealer and  investment
manager.  DSI  is registered  with  the SEC  as  a broker-dealer  and investment
adviser and is a member  of the NASD. It is  also registered as a  broker-dealer
and/or investment adviser in various states.

U.S. banking laws and regulations, including the Glass-Steagall Act as currently
interpreted  by  the  Board of  Governors  of  the Federal  Reserve  System (the
"Board"), prohibit  a bank  holding company  registered under  the Bank  Holding
Company  Act of  1956, or  any affiliate  thereof, from  sponsoring, organizing,
controlling, or  distributing the  shares of  a registered  open-end  investment
company,  which may for these purposes  include the Global Account, continuously
engaged in the issuance of its  securities and, except as otherwise provided  by
order  of  the  Board,  prohibit  banks  generally  from  issuing, underwriting,
selling, or distributing  securities. The  same laws  and regulations  generally
permit a bank or bank affiliate to act as investment adviser, transfer, dividend
disbursing,  and  shareholder servicing  agent  and custodian  to  an investment
company and  to purchase  such shares  as  agent for  and upon  the order  of  a
customer.

Golden  American  and  DSI  perform  the  activities  described  above  in  this
prospectus and  in  Part  I,  under the  caption  "Selling  the  Contracts."  As
discussed  in Part I,  under the caption "Golden  American," while Bankers Trust
has no immediate intent to divest its ownership of the stock of Golden  American
and  DSI, such a divestiture  may occur in the  future. In addition, judicial or
administrative decisions or interpretations, as  well as changes in either  U.S.
Federal  or state banking statutes or regulations, could prevent Golden American
from  performing  activities  with  respect  to  Account  D,  prevent  DSI  from
performing the activities described in this prospectus, or prevent Bankers Trust
Company  from continuing to own the stock of Golden American or DSI. If any such
event were  to occur,  changes in  the operation  of Account  D and  the  Global
Account  might occur. It is not expected,  however, that Account D or the Global
Account would  suffer  adverse  financial  consequences  as  a  result  of  such
occurrence.

As   discussed  in   Part  I,  DSI   also  currently   provides  management  and
administrative services to the Trust.  DSI's officers have extensive  experience
in  the  development  and  distribution  of  investment  products, specifically,
variable life  insurance policies,  variable annuity  contracts, and  management
investment  companies  that  serve as  investment  media for  such  policies and
contracts.

Under the Management Agreement, DSI  has overall responsibility, subject to  the
supervision  of the Board of Governors,  for administering all operations of the
Global Account and for monitoring and evaluating the management of the assets of
the Global Account by the Portfolio Manager. The Manager is also responsible for
monitoring and evaluating the  Portfolio Manager on a  periodic basis, and  will
consider  its performance  record with respect  to the  investment objective and
policies of  the Global  Account.  The Management  Agreement may  be  terminated
without  penalty by the vote of the Board of Governors or the contract owners of
the Global Account, or by the Manager,  on 60 days' written notice by the  Board
or  the Manager  and will  terminate automatically if  assigned as  that term is
described in the 1940 Act.

As Manager,  DSI provides  the overall  business management  and  administrative
services  necessary for the Global Account's operation. The Manager furnishes or
procures on behalf of the Global Account the services and information  necessary
to the proper conduct of the Global Account's business. The Manager also acts as
liaison among the various service providers to the Global Account, including the
custodian,  portfolio  accounting  personnel,  Portfolio  Manager,  counsel, and
auditors. The Manager is also responsible  for ensuring that the Global  Account
operates in compliance with applicable legal requirements and for monitoring the
Portfolio Manager for compliance with requirements under applicable law and with
the investment policies and restrictions of the Global Account.

                                       53
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager is authorized to exercise full
investment discretion and make all determinations with respect to the investment
of  the Global Account's assets and the  purchase and sale of securities for the
Global Account in the event that at any time a portfolio manager is not  engaged
to  manage  the assets  of the  Global  Account. In  such event,  the Management
Agreement provides that  the Manager  will be entitled  to, in  addition to  its
usual compensation for services as Manager, as described below, a fee that would
otherwise  be  paid  to  the  Portfolio Manager.  For  more  information  on the
Management Agreement, see the Statement of Additional Information.

For operating expenses under  the Management Agreement see  Part I, Charges  and
Fees, Operating Expenses of Account D.

The  Global Account and  DSI have entered  into an agreement  to limit the total
expenses of the Global  Account, excluding mortality  and expense risk  charges,
asset based administrative charges and other contractual charges, for the period
October 1, 1993 through December 31, 1994 so that such expenses do not exceed on
an annual basis: 1.25% of the first $500 million of average daily net assets and
1.05% of the excess over $500 million.

The  initial  organizational expenses  of the  Global  Account were  advanced by
Golden  American.  The  Global  Account  reimburses  Golden  American  for  such
expenses,  which  are amortized  over five  years  from the  date of  the Global
Account's commencement of operations.

THE PORTFOLIO MANAGER

Warburg, Pincus serves  as the Portfolio  Manager of the  Global Account and  in
that  capacity  provides investment  advisory services  for the  Global Account,
including asset  allocation  and  security selection.  The  Portfolio  Manager's
address  is 466 Lexington Avenue, New York,  New York 10017. The Global Account,
the Manager, and the Portfolio Manager have entered into a Portfolio  Management
Agreement  under which the Portfolio Manager  has full investment discretion and
makes all determinations with respect to the investment of the Global  Account's
assets  and  the purchase  and  sale of  securities  and other  investments. The
Portfolio Management Agreement may be terminated without penalty by the vote  of
the  Board of  Governors or the  contract owners  of the Global  Account, by the
Portfolio Manager, or by the Manager, on 60 days' written notice by any party to
the Portfolio Management Agreement and will terminate automatically if  assigned
as that term is described in the 1940 Act.

Warburg,  Pincus was  incorporated in  Delaware on  December 15,  1970. Warburg,
Pincus is a professional investment  counselling firm which provides  investment
services  to  investment  companies, employee  benefit  plans,  endowment funds,
foundations and other  institutions and  individuals. The  Portfolio Manager  is
registered with the SEC as an investment adviser.

The  individual primarily  in charge of  portfolio management  decisions for the
Global Account is Richard H. King. Mr. King has been a Managing Director of E.M.
Warburg, Pincus & Co., Inc. ("EMW") since 1989, before which time he was  senior
vice  president of Fiduciary  Trust Company International.  Harold E. Sharon and
Nicholas P.W.  Horsley,  both  of  whom  are  research  analysts  and  associate
portfolio  managers of  another investment  company advised  by Warburg, Pincus,
also exercise significant  portfolio management responsibility  with respect  to
the  Global Account. Mr. Sharon has been  with EMW since 1990, before which time
he was an investment  officer with Credit Suisse  Asset Management. Mr.  Horsley
has  been with EMW  since 1993, before  which time he  was a director, portfolio
manager and analyst at Barclays deZoete Wedd in New York City.

As of January 31,  1994, Warburg, Pincus managed  approximately $7.0 billion  of
assets  and served as investment adviser  to thirteen investment companies which
had total  assets of  approximately $2.0  billion. The  Portfolio Manager  is  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Warburg, Pincus Counsellors G.P., a New York general
partnership. EMW controls Warburg,  Pincus through its ownership  of a class  of
voting  preferred stock of Warburg, Pincus. Warburg, Pincus Counsellors G.P. has
no business  other than  being a  holding  company of  Warburg, Pincus  and  its
subsidiaries.

From the commencement of operations of the Global Account through June 30, 1994,
Zulauf  Asset Management AG served as  portfolio manager for the Global Account.
Warburg, Pincus assumed management of the Global Account on July 1, 1994.

For operating  expenses under  the Portfolio  Management Agreement  see Part  I,
Charges and Fees, Operating Expenses of Account D.

CUSTODIAN
  The  Custodian for the  Global Account is Bankers  Trust Company. DSI provides
  portfolio accounting services for the Global Account.

SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES

The following discussion describes different types of securities and  investment
techniques that may be

                                       54
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
used by the Global Account, as well as the risks associated with such securities
and techniques. For more detailed information on these securities and investment
techniques,  and for information  on other securities  and investment techniques
that may be used  by the Global Account,  including U.S. Government  securities,
debt securities, foreign securities, repurchase agreements, short sales, futures
contracts,  options  on securities  and foreign  currency transactions,  see the
discussion in  the  Statement  of  Additional  Information  on  "Securities  and
Investment Techniques."

FOREIGN SECURITIES
  The  Global  Account  may invest  in  equity  and debt  securities  of foreign
  issuers, in  American  Depository  Receipts ("ADRs"),  in  foreign  government
  securities  that are denominated in either U.S. dollars or foreign currencies,
  and in foreign branches of commercial banks and foreign banks.

  Investments in  foreign  securities  offer potential  benefits  not  available
  solely in securities of domestic issuers by offering the opportunity to invest
  in  foreign  issuers that  appear  to offer  growth  potential, or  in foreign
  countries with economic policies  or business cycles  different from those  of
  the  United States,  or to  reduce fluctuations  in portfolio  value by taking
  advantage of foreign stock markets that may  not move in a manner parallel  to
  U.S.  markets. Investments  in securities  of foreign  issuers involve certain
  risks not ordinarily  associated with  investments in  securities of  domestic
  issuers.  Such risks  include fluctuations  in foreign  exchange rates, future
  political and economic developments, and  the possible imposition of  exchange
  controls,  restrictions on investment or the flow of capital, or other foreign
  governmental laws  or restrictions.  Since the  Global Account  may invest  in
  securities  denominated or  quoted in currencies  other than  the U.S. dollar,
  changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect the value of securities
  in  the  portfolio  and  the   unrealized  appreciation  or  depreciation   of
  investments  as  denominated in  U.S. dollars.  While  the Global  Account may
  employ certain investment techniques to  hedge its foreign currency  exposure,
  such  techniques  also  entail certain  risks.  In addition,  with  respect to
  certain countries,  there  is  the possibility  of  expropriation  of  assets,
  confiscatory   taxation,   other   foreign  taxation,   political   or  social
  instability,  or   diplomatic  developments   that  could   adversely   affect
  investments in those countries.

  There  may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than
  about a U.S. company, and foreign companies may not be subject to  accounting,
  auditing,  and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to or
  as uniform  as those  of  U.S. companies.  Foreign securities  markets,  while
  growing  in volume,  have, for the  most part, substantially  less volume than
  U.S. markets. Securities of many foreign  companies are less liquid and  their
  prices   more  volatile   than  securities   of  comparable   U.S.  companies.
  Transactional costs in non-U.S. securities  markets are generally higher  than
  in U.S. securities markets. There is generally less government supervision and
  regulation  of exchanges,  brokers, and  issuers than  there is  in the United
  States. The Global  Account might have  greater difficulty taking  appropriate
  legal  action with respect to foreign investments in non-U.S. courts than with
  respect to  domestic issuers  in  U.S. courts.  In addition,  transactions  in
  foreign  securities  may  involve  greater  time  from  the  trade  date until
  settlement than  domestic securities  transactions. Clearance  and  settlement
  procedures in certain foreign countries have not developed at the same pace as
  the  related  securities  markets,  making  it  difficult  to  execute desired
  transactions. Delays in settlement  could result in  temporary periods when  a
  portion  of the assets of  the Global Account are  uninvested and no return is
  earned  thereon.  The  inability  of  the  Global  Account  to  make  intended
  investments  due  to settlement  problems could  cause  it to  miss attractive
  investment  opportunities.  Inability  to  dispose  of  securities  or   other
  investments  due to settlement  problems could result either  in losses to the
  Global Account  due to  subsequent declines  in value  of the  investment,  or
  possible  liability to a purchaser. Foreign  investments also involve the risk
  of possible  losses  through  the  holding of  securities  by  custodians  and
  securities depositories in foreign countries.

  Interest  income and gains from foreign securities may generally be subject to
  withholding taxes by the country in which the issuer is located.

SHORT SALES
  The Global Account  may make  short sales  of securities.  A short  sale is  a
  transaction  in which the Global  Account sells a security  it does not own in
  anticipation of a decline in market  price. The Global Account may make  short
  sales  to offset  a potential decline  in a long  position or a  group of long
  positions, or if the Portfolio Manager believes that a decline in the price of
  a particular security or group of securities is likely.

  The Global Account's obligation to  replace a security borrowed in  connection
  with the short sale will

                                       55
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
  be secured by collateral deposited with the broker, consisting of cash or U.S.
  Government  securities  or  other  securities  acceptable  to  the  broker. In
  addition, with respect to any short  sale, other than short sales against  the
  box,  the Global Account will be  required to deposit collateral consisting of
  cash, cash items, or U.S. Government  securities in a segregated account  with
  its  custodian in an amount such that the  value of the sum of both collateral
  deposits (not including  the proceeds  from the short  sale) is  at all  times
  equal  to at  least 100% of  the current  market value of  the securities sold
  short. The deposits do  not necessarily limit  the Global Account's  potential
  loss on a short sale, which may exceed the entire amount of the collateral.

  If  the price  of the security  sold short  increases between the  time of the
  short sale and the time the Global Account replaces the borrowed security, the
  Global Account  will incur  a loss,  and  if the  price declines  during  this
  period, the Global Account will realize a capital gain. Any realized gain will
  be  decreased, and any incurred loss increased, by the amount of transactional
  costs and any premium, dividend, or interest which the Global Account may have
  to pay in connection with such short sale. Account D may have to pay a premium
  to borrow the  securities sold short  and must pay  any dividends or  interest
  payable  on the securities until they are replaced. Possible losses from short
  sales differ from losses that could be incurred from a purchase of a security,
  because losses  from  short  sales  may  be  unlimited,  whereas  losses  from
  purchases of a security can equal only the total amount invested.

  The  Global Account may make a short sale  only if, at the time the short sale
  is made and after  giving effect thereto, the  market value of all  securities
  sold  short is 25% or less of the  value of its net assets. The Global Account
  is not required to liquidate an existing short sale position solely because  a
  change in market values has caused this percentage limitation to be exceeded.

FUTURES CONTRACTS
  The  Global  Account  may purchase  and  sell stock  index  futures contracts,
  interest rate futures contracts, and futures contracts based upon  securities,
  which  may  be domestic  or foreign,  and  corporate or  governmental, foreign
  exchange futures  contracts and  other financial  futures contracts,  and  may
  purchase and write options on such contracts.

  The  Global Account may engage  in such futures transactions  as an adjunct to
  its securities  activities.  The  Global  Account's  transactions  in  futures
  transactions   must  constitute   bona  fide  hedging   or  other  permissible
  transactions under regulations  promulgated by the  Commodity Futures  Trading
  Commission ("CFTC"), under which a fund engaging in futures transactions would
  not  be deemed a "commodity pool." Under these regulations, the Global Account
  may enter  into futures  and options  (1) for  "bona fide  hedging"  purposes,
  without  regard to  the percentage of  assets committed to  initial margin and
  options premiums, or  (2) for  other strategies, provided  that the  aggregate
  initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions do not exceed
  5%  of the liquidation  value of the Global  Account's portfolio, after taking
  into account unrealized  profits and  unrealized gains on  any such  contracts
  entered  into.  Transactions  in  futures  contracts  and  options  on futures
  contracts  may  also  be  limited  by   the  requirements  of  the  Code   for
  qualification  as  a  regulated  investment  company.  Other  requirements are
  described in the Statement of Additional Information.

  There are  several  risks associated  with  the  use of  futures  and  futures
  options.  While  the Global  Account's  hedging transactions  may  protect the
  Global Account  against adverse  movements in  the general  level of  interest
  rates,   securities  prices,  currency  exchange   rates,  or  other  economic
  conditions, such transactions could also preclude the Global Account from  the
  opportunity  to  benefit from  favorable movements  in  the level  of interest
  rates,  securities  prices,  currency   exchange  rates,  or  other   economic
  conditions.  There can be no guarantee  that there will be correlation between
  price movements in  the hedging  vehicle and  in the  portfolio securities  or
  currency being hedged. An incorrect correlation could result in a loss on both
  the  hedged securities in the  Global Account and the  hedging vehicle so that
  the Global Account's  return might have  been better if  hedging had not  been
  attempted.  The loss that could  be incurred by the  Global Account in writing
  options on futures is potentially unlimited.

  There can be no assurance that a liquid  market will exist at a time when  the
  Global  Account seeks  to close  out a  futures contract  or a  futures option
  position. Most  futures exchanges  and boards  of trade  limit the  amount  of
  fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single day; once the
  daily  limit has been reached on a  particular contract, no trades may be made
  that day  at  a  price  beyond  that limit.  In  addition,  certain  of  these
  instruments are relatively new and without a significant trading history. As a
  result,  there is no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or
  continue to exist.

                                       56
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
  The daily limit governs only price  movements during a particular trading  day
  and  therefore does not limit  potential losses because the  limit may work to
  prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures  prices
  have  occasionally moved  to the daily  limit for  several consecutive trading
  days with  little or  no  trading, thereby  preventing prompt  liquidation  of
  positions  and  subjecting some  holders of  futures contracts  to substantial
  losses. Lack of a liquid market for any reason may prevent the Global  Account
  from  liquidating an unfavorable position and  the Global Account would remain
  obligated to meet margin requirements and  continue to incur losses until  the
  position is closed.

  The  Global Account will only enter  into futures contracts or futures options
  which are standardized and traded  on a U.S. or  foreign exchange or board  of
  trade,  or similar entity, or  quoted on an automated  quotation system, or in
  the case of futures options, for which an established over-the-counter  market
  exists.

  The  Global Account  may engage  in futures  contracts and  options on futures
  contracts not only on U.S. domestic  markets, but also on exchanges and  other
  markets  outside of  the United States.  Foreign markets  may offer advantages
  such as trading in indices that are not currently traded in the United States.
  Foreign markets,  however,  may  have greater  risk  potential  than  domestic
  markets.  Unlike trading on  domestic commodity exchanges,  trading on foreign
  commodity markets is not regulated by the  CFTC and may be subject to  greater
  risk  than trading on domestic exchanges.  For example, some foreign exchanges
  are principal markets so that no common clearing facility exists and a  trader
  may  look  only to  the broker  for  performance of  the contract.  Trading in
  foreign futures or foreign  options contracts may not  be afforded certain  of
  the  protective measures  provided by the  Commodity Exchange  Act, the CFTC's
  regulations, and  the  rules  of  the National  Futures  Association  and  any
  domestic  exchange, including the right  to use reparations proceedings before
  the  CFTC  and  arbitration  proceedings  provided  by  the  National  Futures
  Association  or any  domestic futures  exchange. Amounts  received for foreign
  futures  or  foreign  options  transactions  may  not  be  provided  the  same
  protections  as funds  received in  respect of  transactions on  United States
  futures exchanges. In addition, the Global Account could incur losses or  lose
  any  profits  that had  been realized  in  trading by  adverse changes  in the
  exchange rate  of  the  currency  in which  the  transaction  is  denominated.
  Transactions on foreign exchanges may include both commodities that are traded
  on domestic exchanges and boards of trade and those that are not.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES AND SECURITIES INDICES
  The  Global Account may purchase and write  put and call options on securities
  and on securities  indices. The Global  Account will purchase  and write  only
  options  that are  standardized and  traded on a  U.S. or  foreign exchange or
  board of trade, or  for which an  established over-the-counter market  exists.
  The  ability to terminate  over-the-counter options is  more limited than with
  exchange-traded  options,  and  may  involve  the  risk  that   broker-dealers
  participating  in such transactions will  not fulfill their obligations. Until
  such time as the  staff of the  SEC changes its  position, the Global  Account
  will  treat purchased  over-the-counter options and  all assets  used to cover
  written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities. However, for  options
  written  with primary  dealers in  U.S. Government  securities pursuant  to an
  agreement requiring a  closing purchase  transaction at a  formula price,  the
  amount  of illiquid securities  may be calculated with  reference to a formula
  approved by the SEC staff.

  The Global  Account may  write a  call or  put option  only if  the option  is
  "covered"  by  the  Global  Account  holding  a  position  in  the  underlying
  securities or by other means that  would permit immediate satisfaction of  the
  Global  Account's obligation as  writer of the  option, typically deposit with
  the Global Account's custodian of  cash, U.S. Government securities, or  other
  high  grade liquid debt securities with a value at least equal to the exercise
  price of the put option,  or the price at which  a security underlying a  call
  option can be acquired.

  The  purchase and writing of options involves certain risks. During the option
  period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium on the  option,
  given  up the opportunity  to profit from  a price increase  in the underlying
  securities above  the exercise  price, but,  as long  as its  obligation as  a
  writer  continues,  has retained  the risk  of  loss should  the price  of the
  underlying security decline. The writer of  an option has no control over  the
  time  when it  may be required  to fulfill its  obligation as a  writer of the
  option. Once  an option  writer has  received an  exercise notice,  it  cannot
  effect  a closing  purchase transaction in  order to  terminate its obligation
  under the option and  must deliver the underlying  securities at the  exercise
  price.  If a put  or call option purchased  by the Global  Account is not sold
  when  it   has   remaining  value,   and   if   the  market   price   of   the

                                       57
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
  underlying  security, in the case  of a put, remains  equal to or greater than
  the exercise price or, in  the case of a call,  remains less than or equal  to
  the  exercise price, the Global Account will lose its entire investment in the
  option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased
  to hedge against price movements in a  related security, the price of the  put
  or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security.

  There  can be  no assurance that  a liquid  market will exist  when the Global
  Account seeks  to  close  out  an option  position.  Furthermore,  if  trading
  restrictions  or a  suspension is imposed  on the options  markets, the Global
  Account may be unable to  close out a position.  If the Global Account  cannot
  effect  a closing  transaction, it  will not  be able  to sell  the underlying
  security while the previously written option remains outstanding, even  though
  it might otherwise be advantageous to do so. The Global Account pays brokerage
  commissions  or  spreads  in  connection with  its  options  transactions. The
  writing of options could significantly increase portfolio turnover rate.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
  The Global Account may  enter into forward currency  contracts and enter  into
  currency  exchange  transactions  on  a spot  (i.e.,  cash)  basis.  A forward
  currency contract is  an obligation  to purchase  or sell  a currency  against
  another currency at a future date and price as agreed upon by the parties. The
  Global  Account may  either accept  or make  delivery of  the currency  at the
  maturity of the forward contract or,  prior to maturity, enter into a  closing
  transaction  involving the  purchase or  sale of  an offsetting  contract. The
  Global Account may engage in forward currency transactions in anticipation  of
  or  to protect  itself against  fluctuations in  currency exchange  rates, and
  entering into a forward  currency contract will expose  the Global Account  to
  the  risk of  adverse changes  in the  exchange rate  of the  currency that is
  subject to the  contract. The  Global Account may  also enter  into a  forward
  currency  contract for  non-hedging purposes.  Forward currency  contracts are
  further described in the Statement of Additional Information.

  If the Global Account  engages in an offsetting  transaction to terminate  its
  contractual  obligation under a forward  currency contract, the Global Account
  will incur a  gain or a  loss to the  extent that there  has been movement  in
  forward  contract prices. For  more information on  closing a forward currency
  position, including  information on  associated risks,  see the  Statement  of
  Additional Information.

  In  hedging transactions, the  precise matching of  forward currency contracts
  and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible  since
  the  future value  of the  securities in foreign  currencies will  change as a
  consequence of market movements in the  value of those securities between  the
  date  the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. Projection
  of short-term  currency  market  movements is  extremely  difficult,  and  the
  successful  execution of  a short-term  hedging strategy  is highly uncertain.
  While forward foreign currency contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due
  to a decline in the value of a hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to
  limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such  currency
  increase.

  Forward contracts are not traded on regulated commodities exchanges. There can
  be  no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Global Account seeks
  to enter into  or close out  a forward  currency position, in  which case  the
  Global  Account might not be able to  effect a closing purchase transaction at
  any particular  time.  In addition,  the  Global Account  entering  a  forward
  foreign  currency contract incurs the risk of  default by the counter party to
  the transaction.  Forward currency  contracts  offer less  protection  against
  defaults  than is available when trading in currencies on an exchange. Because
  a forward currency contract is not guaranteed by an exchange or clearinghouse,
  a default  on the  contract would  deprive the  Global Account  of  unrealized
  profits  or force the Global Account to  cover its commitments for purchase or
  resale, if any, at the current market price.

  Although the Global Account values its assets daily in terms of U.S.  dollars,
  it  does not intend  physically to convert its  holdings of foreign currencies
  into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. The Global Account may do so from time  to
  time,  and  investors should  be aware  of the  costs of  currency conversion.
  Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they  do
  realize  a profit based on the difference (the "spread") between the prices at
  which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer
  to sell a foreign currency to the Global Account at one rate, while offering a
  lesser rate  of exchange  should  the Global  Account  desire to  resell  that
  currency to the dealer.

  The Global Account will place cash or high grade liquid debt securities into a
  segregated  account in an  amount equal to  the value of  the Global Account's
  total assets  committed  to the  consummation  of forward  currency  contracts
  requiring the Global

                                       58
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
  Account  to purchase foreign currencies or  forward contracts entered into for
  non-hedging purposes. If the value of the securities placed in the  segregated
  account  declines, additional cash or securities will be placed in the account
  on a daily basis so that the value of the account will equal the amount of the
  Global Account's commitments  with respect to  such contracts. The  segregated
  account  will be marked-to-market on a daily basis. Although the contracts are
  not presently  regulated  by the  CFTC,  the CFTC  may  in the  future  assert
  authority  to regulate  these contracts. In  such event,  the Global Account's
  ability to utilize forward currency contracts may be restricted.

OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES
  The Global Account  may purchase  and write call  and put  options on  foreign
  currencies. Such options will expose the Global Account to the risk of adverse
  changes in the exchange rate of the currency that is subject to the option.

  The  Global Account  may employ options  on foreign currencies  to increase or
  shift exposure to a currency  and as a hedge against  changes in the value  of
  the  U.S. dollar (or  another currency) in  relation to a  foreign currency in
  which portfolio securities of the  Global Account may be denominated.  Hedging
  against  a change  in the value  of a foreign  currency with an  option on the
  foreign currency does not  eliminate fluctuations in  the prices of  portfolio
  securities  or  prevent  losses  if the  prices  of  such  securities decline.
  Furthermore, such hedging transactions reduce or preclude the opportunity  for
  gain  if the value of  the hedged currency should  change relative to the U.S.
  dollar. The Global Account may use  options on currency to cross-hedge,  which
  involves  writing  or  purchasing options  on  one currency  to  hedge against
  changes in exchange rates for a different  currency, if there is a pattern  of
  correlation between the two currencies.

  Currency  options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position
  limits that may  limit the  ability of the  Global Account  to reduce  foreign
  currency  risk using such options. Over-the-counter options differ from traded
  options in  that they  are  two-party contracts  with  price and  other  terms
  negotiated  between buyer and seller and generally  do not have as much market
  liquidity as  exchange-traded options.  There is  no assurance  that a  liquid
  secondary  market will exist  for any particular option,  or at any particular
  time. In the event no liquid secondary market exists, it might not be possible
  to effect closing transactions in  particular currency options. If the  Global
  Account  cannot close out an  option that it holds,  it would have to exercise
  its option in order to realize any profit and would incur transactional  costs
  on the sale of the underlying assets.

BORROWING
  The  Global Account may borrow up  to 10% of the value  of its net assets. For
  temporary purposes, such as to facilitate redemptions, the Global Account  may
  increase  its  borrowings up  to  25% of  its  net assets.  Reverse repurchase
  agreements, short sales of securities, and sales of securities against the box
  will be included as borrowing  subject to the borrowing limitations  described
  above, except that the Global Account is permitted to engage in short sales of
  securities  with  respect to  an additional  15% of  the Global  Account's net
  assets in excess of the  limits otherwise applicable to borrowing.  Securities
  purchased  on a when-issued or  delayed delivery basis will  not be subject to
  the Global  Account's borrowing  limitations  to the  extent that  the  Global
  Account  establishes and maintains liquid assets  in a segregated account with
  the Global Account's custodian equal to the Global Account's obligations under
  the when-issued or delayed delivery arrangement.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

   
The Global Account is subject to  investment restrictions that are described  in
the  Statement  of  Additional  Information.  Those  investment  restrictions so
designated and the investment objective are "fundamental policies" of the Global
Account, which means that they may not be changed without a majority vote of the
contract owners with Accumulation Value allocated to the Global Account.  Except
for  those restrictions  specifically identified  as fundamental  and the Global
Account's investment  objective, all  other  investment policies  and  practices
described  in this  prospectus and Statement  of Additional  Information are not
fundamental, meaning  that  the  Board  of Governors  may  change  them  without
contract owner approval.
    

BROKERAGE SERVICES

Pursuant  to the  Portfolio Management  Agreement, the  Portfolio Manager places
orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the Global Account
with brokers or dealers selected by the Portfolio Manager in its discretion.  In
executing  transactions, the Portfolio  Manager will attempt  to obtain the best
execution. In transactions on stock exchanges  in the United States, payment  of
brokerage  commissions  are  negotiated.  In effecting  purchases  and  sales of
portfolio securities in transactions on U.S. stock exchanges, the Global Account
may pay higher commission rates

                                       59
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
than the lowest available when the  Portfolio Manager believes it is  reasonable
to  do so in light of the value  of the brokerage and research services provided
by the broker  effecting the transaction.  In the case  of securities traded  on
some  foreign  stock  exchanges,  brokerage commissions  may  be  fixed  and the
Portfolio Manager  may  be  unable  to  negotiate  commission  rates  for  these
transactions.  In the case of securities traded on the over-the-counter markets,
there is generally no stated commission,  but the price includes an  undisclosed
commission or markup.

Some  securities considered  for investment  by the  Global Account  may also be
appropriate for  other  clients  served  by the  Portfolio  Manager  and/or  its
affiliates.  If a purchase or sale  of securities consistent with the investment
policies of the Global Account  and one or more of  these clients served by  the
Portfolio Manager and/or its affiliates is considered at or about the same time,
transactions  in such securities will be  allocated among the Global Account and
clients in a manner deemed fair  and reasonable by the Portfolio Manager  and/or
its  affiliates.  Although there  is no  specified  formula for  allocating such
transactions, the various allocation methods used by the Portfolio Manager,  and
the  results of such allocations, are subject  to periodic review by the Manager
and Account D's Board of Governors.

The Portfolio Manager may place orders for the purchase of portfolio  securities
with  an  affiliated  broker-dealer  where, in  the  judgment  of  the Portfolio
Manager, such firm  will be able  to obtain a  price and execution  at least  as
favorable   as  other  qualified  brokers.  Counsellors  Securities  Inc.  is  a
registered broker-dealer and an affiliate of the Portfolio Manager.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
  It is anticipated that the Global Account's annual rate of portfolio  turnover
  normally  will not exceed 100%. Portfolio turnover for the Global Account will
  vary from year  to year,  and depending  on market  conditions, the  portfolio
  turnover rate could be greater in periods of unusual market movement. A higher
  turnover   rate  would  result  in  heavier  brokerage  commissions  or  other
  transactional expenses which  must be  borne, directly or  indirectly, by  the
  Global  Account and  ultimately by the  Global Account's  contract owners. For
  information on  the  calculation  of  the portfolio  turnover  rate,  see  the
  Statement of Additional Information.

                                       60
<PAGE>
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM                                                                                                                        PAGE
<S>                                                                                                                    <C>
INTRODUCTION.........................................................................................................          2
PART I
Description of Golden American Life Insurance Company................................................................          2
Safekeeping of Assets................................................................................................          2
The Administrator....................................................................................................          2
Independent Auditors.................................................................................................          3
Reinsurance..........................................................................................................          3
Distribution of Contracts............................................................................................          3
Performance Information..............................................................................................          3
IRA Partial Withdrawal Option........................................................................................          7
Other Information....................................................................................................          8
PART II
Securities and Investment Techniques.................................................................................          8
  U.S. Government Securities.........................................................................................          8
  Debt Securities....................................................................................................          9
  Short Sales Against the Box........................................................................................          9
  Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.................................................................         10
  Options on Securities..............................................................................................         11
  Options of Securities Indexes......................................................................................         12
  Foreign Currency Transactions......................................................................................         13
  Options on Foreign Currencies......................................................................................         14
  Repurchase Agreements..............................................................................................         15
  Banking Industry and Savings Industry Obligations..................................................................         15
  Commercial Paper...................................................................................................         16
  When Issued or Delayed Delivery Securities.........................................................................         17
Investment Restrictions..............................................................................................         17
Management of Separate Account D.....................................................................................         19
The Manager..........................................................................................................         20
Portfolio Manager....................................................................................................         21
Custodian and Portfolio Accounting Agent.............................................................................         22
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage.................................................................................         22
Purchase and Pricing of the Global Account...........................................................................         24
Financial Statements of Separate Account B...........................................................................         25
Financial Statements of The Managed Global Account of Separate Account D.............................................         25
Appendix -- Description of Bond Ratings
</TABLE>
    

                                       61
<PAGE>
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
PLEASE TEAR OFF, COMPLETE AND RETURN THE FORM BELOW TO ORDER A FREE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION FOR THE CONTRACTS  OFFERED UNDER THE PROSPECTUS. ADDRESS
THE FORM TO OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER, THE ADDRESS IS SHOWN ON THE COVER.
    

 ...............................................................................

PLEASE SEND  ME A  FREE COPY  OF  THE STATEMENT  OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  FOR
SEPARATE ACCOUNT B AND THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D.

                              PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>         <C>                                                                                 <C>
                               --------------------------------------------
                                                   NAME

                               --------------------------------------------
                                          SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

                               --------------------------------------------
                                              STREET ADDRESS

                               --------------------------------------------
                                             CITY, STATE, ZIP
</TABLE>

   
(IN 3106 DVA/MVA 3/95)
    

 ...............................................................................

                                       62
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX A
                        MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLES

   
EXAMPLE #1: FULL SURRENDER -- EXAMPLE OF A NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
    

   
Assume  $100,000 was allocated to a Fixed  Allocation with a Guarantee Period of
ten years, a Guaranteed Interest Rate of  7.50%, an initial Index Rate ("I")  of
7.00%; that a full surrender is requested three years into the Guarantee Period;
that  the then Index Rate  for a seven year Guarantee  Period ("J") is 8.0%; and
that no prior transfers or  partial withdrawals affecting this Fixed  Allocation
have been made.
    

CALCULATE THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

   
    1.  The Accumulation Value of the Fixed Allocation on the date of surrender
        is $124,230
    
   
        ($100,000 X 1.075(3))
    
   
    2.  N = 2,555 (365 X 7)
    
   
    3.  Market Value Adjustment = $124,230 X [(1.07  )2,555/365    ] = $9,700
    
                                ------------------------------------------------
   
                               __________       1.0825        -1
    

   
Therefore, the amount paid to you on full surrender ignoring any surrender
charge is $114,530 ($124,230 - $9,700).
    

   
EXAMPLE #2: FULL SURRENDER -- EXAMPLE OF A POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
    

   
Assume  $100,000 was allocated to a Fixed  Allocation with a Guarantee Period of
ten years, a Guaranteed Interest  Rate of 7.5%, an  initial Index Rate ("I")  of
7.00%; that a full surrender is requested three years into the Guarantee Period;
that  the then Index Rate  for a seven year Guarantee  Period ("J") is 6.0%; and
that no prior transfers or  partial withdrawals affecting this Fixed  Allocation
have been made.
    

CALCULATE THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

   
    1.  The Accumulation Value of the Fixed Allocation on the date of surrender
        is $124,230
    
   
        ($100,000 X 1.0753)
    
   
    2.  N = 2,555 (365 X 7)
    
   
    3.  Market Value Adjustment = $124,230 X [(1.07  )2,555/365    ] = $6,270
    
                                ------------------------------------------------
   
                               __________       1.0625        -1
    

   
Therefore, the amount paid to you on full surrender ignoring any surrender
charge is $130,500 ($124,230 + $6,270).
    

   
EXAMPLE #3: PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL -- EXAMPLE OF A NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
    

   
Assume  $200,000 was allocated to a Fixed  Allocation with a Guarantee Period of
ten years, a Guaranteed Interest  Rate of 7.5%, an  initial Index Rate ("I")  of
7.00%;  that a partial withdrawal of $114,530  is requested three years into the
Guarantee period; that  the then  Index Rate ("J")  for a  seven year  Guarantee
Period  is 8.0%;  and that no  prior transfers or  partial withdrawals affecting
this Fixed Allocation have been made.
    

First calculate the amount that must  be withdrawn from the Fixed Allocation  to
provide the amount requested.

   
    1.  The Accumulation Value of the Fixed Allocation on the date of withdrawal
        is $248,459
    
   
        ($200,000 X 1.0753)
    
   
    2.  N = 2,555 (365 X 7)
    
   
    3.  Amount that must be withdrawn = [$114,530/(1.07  )2,555/365] = $124,230
    
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                                   1.0825

                                       A1
<PAGE>
Then calculate the Market Value Adjustment on that amount

   
    4.  Market Value Adjustment = $124,230 X [(1.07  )2,555/365    ] = $9,700
    
                                ------------------------------------------------
   
                               __________       1.0825        -1
    

   
Therefore,  the amount  of the  partial withdrawal paid  to you  is $114,530, as
requested. The Fixed  Allocation will be  reduced by the  amount of the  partial
withdrawal, $114,530, and also reduced by the Market Value Adjustment of $9,700,
for a total reduction in the Fixed Allocation of $124,230.
    

   
EXAMPLE #4: PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL -- EXAMPLE OF A POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
    

   
Assume  $200,000 was allocated to a Fixed  Allocation with a Guarantee Period of
ten years, a Guaranteed Interest  Rate of 7.5%, an  initial Index Rate of  7.0%;
that  a partial withdrawal of $130,500  requested three years into the Guarantee
Period; that the  then Index Rate  ("J") for  a seven year  Guarantee Period  is
6.0%;  and that no  prior transfers or partial  withdrawals affecting this Fixed
Allocation have been made.
    

First calculate the amount that must be withdrawn from the Fixed Allocation to
provide the amount requested.

   
    1.  The Accumulation Value of Fixed Allocation on the date of surrender is
        $248,459
    
   
        ($200,000 X 1.0753)
    
   
    2.  N = 2,555 (365 X 7)
    
   
    3.  Amount that must be withdrawn = [$130,500/(1.07  )2,555/365] = $124,230
    
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                                   1.0625

Then calculate the Market Value Adjustment on that amount

   
    4.  Market Value Adjustment = $124,230 X [(1.07  )2,555/365    ] = $6,270
    
                                ------------------------------------------------
   
                               __________       1.0625        -1
    

   
Therefore, the amount  of the  partial withdrawal paid  to you  is $130,500,  as
requested.  The Fixed Allocation  will be reduced  by the amount  of the partial
withdrawal, $130,500, but increased  by the Market  Value Adjustment of  $6,270,
for a total reduction in the Fixed Allocation of $124,230.
    

                                       A2
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX B
                           GOLDENSELECT SERVICE FORMS

- - -  Deferred Variable Annuity Application -- Use in all states except MN

   
- - -  Contact the Sales Desk for the Special Form to be used in MN
   (GoldenSelect DVA is currently Not Available in ME and NY; consult your
financial adviser to determine if the Fixed Account is available in your state.)
    

- - -  Absolute Assignment to Effect Section 1035(a) Exchange

- - -  Request to Effect IRA Or Other Qualified Account Transfer

- - -  Certificate of Deposit Transfer Form

 Submit all forms (with all other necessary documents) to the Customer Service
                                     Center

WITHHOLDING  ELECTION INSTRUCTIONS  (BEFORE THE WITHHOLDING  ELECTION SECTION ON
THE  APPLICATION  IS  COMPLETED,  PLEASE  HAVE  THE  OWNER  READ  THE  FOLLOWING
CAREFULLY)
Your  withdrawals under annuity  contracts may be subject  to Federal income tax
withholding unless you elect not to have withholding apply. You may elect not to
have withholding  apply  by checking  the  box by  line  A and  signing  in  the
signature  section.  Check  the  box by  line  B  to make  an  election  to have
withholding apply. If  you want additional  withholding made, check  the box  by
line C.
Withholding will only apply to the portion of your withdrawal that is subject to
Federal  income tax and it will be like wage withholding. Thus, there will be no
withholding on  the  portion of  each  payment  representing a  return  of  your
premium.  You may change your withholding as often as you wish by sending in IRS
Form W-4P to  Golden American.  Your election will  remain in  effect until  you
revoke it. You may revoke it at any time.
If you elect not to have withholding apply to your withdrawals, or if you do not
have  enough Federal income tax withheld  from your withdrawal payments, you may
be responsible for payment of estimated  tax. You may incur penalties under  the
estimated  tax  rules if  your withholding  and estimated  tax payments  are not
sufficient.
By signing the application and completing the withholding election, you  certify
that  no bankruptcy proceeding,  attachment or other lien  or claims are pending
against you.

                                       B1
<PAGE>

GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY               DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY

A Subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company

GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK
COMPANY DOMICILED IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE                          APPLICATION



<TABLE>

<S>                                   <C>                    <C>

 1.  OWNER(S)

Name                                   Male Female            Soc. Sec. #
                                        / /  / /              or Tax ID.#

Permanent                              City                   State          Zip
Address

Phone                                  Date of Birth
(    )

 2.  ANNUITANT (IF OTHER THAN OWNER)

Name                                   Male Female            Soc. Sec. #
                                        / /  / /              or Tax ID.#

Permanent                              City                   State        Zip
Address

Phone                                  Date of Birth          Relation
(    )                                                        to Owner

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT (OPTIONAL)

Name                                   Address                Relation
                                                              to Owner

 3.  PRIMARY BENEFICIARY(IES)  (IF MORE THAN ONE - INDICATE %)

Name(s)                                                       Relation
                                                              to Owner

   CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY(IES)         Name                   Relation
                                                              to Owner

 4.  PLAN (CHECK ONE)

                      / / DVA              / / Other _______________________

 5.  DEATH BENEFIT   (CHECK ONE IF ISSUE AGE OF OWNER IS LESS THAN 76):

/ / 7% Solution Enhanced  / / Annual Ratchet Enhanced / / Standard Death Benefit Option
    Death Benefit Option      Death Benefit Option

 6.  INITIAL PREMIUM AND ALLOCATION INFORMATION

(A) INITIAL PREMIUM PAID $__________ MAKE CHECK PAYABLE TO GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE
                                     INSURANCE COMPANY
    Fill in percentages for Premium allocation below (see (A) INITIAL.)
(B) DOLLAR COST AVERAGING (DCA): OPTIONAL. PLEASE CHECK BOX TO ELECT. / /
    Amount to be transferred monthly $_________________ (minimum $250)
    Division or Allocation Transferred From:
         / / Limited Maturity Bond Division
         / / Liquid Asset Division
         / / 1 Yr. Fixed Allocation
    (MINIMUM OF $10,000 MUST BE ALLOCATED TO THE DIVISION OR FIXED ALLOCATION CHECKED)

     Divisions Transferred To:  Fill in percentages for allocation of DCA below (see (B)
     DCA).
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ACCOUNT DIVISION                       INVESTMENT ADVISER              (A) INITIAL   (B) DCA
<S>                                    <C>                             <C>           <C>

MULTIPLE ALLOCATION                    ZWEIG ADVISORS, INC.                      %          %

FULLY MANAGED                          T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES INC.             %          %

ALL-GROWTH                             WARBURG, PINCUS COUNSELLORS, INC.         %          %
CAPITAL APPRECIATION                   CHANCELLOR TRUST CO.                      %          %
VALUE EQUITY                           EAGLE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.              %          %
RISING DIVIDENDS                       KAYNE, ANDERSON INV. MGMT., L.P.          %          %

REAL ESTATE                            EII REALTY SECURITIES, INC.               %          %
NATURAL RESOURCES                      VAN ECK ASSOCIATES CORP.                  %          %

EMERGING MARKETS                       BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                     %          %
THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT             WARBURG, PINCUS COUNSELLORS, INC.         %          %

LIMITED MATURITY BOND                  BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                     %
LIQUID ASSET                           BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                     %

FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION              1 YEAR                                    %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION              3 YEAR                                    %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION              5 YEAR                                    %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION              7 YEAR                                    %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION             10 YEAR                                    %
                                      TOTAL                                   100%       100%

GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, CSUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER, PO Box 8794, Wilmington, DE 19899-8794

                                     B2
GA-AA-1000-12/94


<PAGE>

 7.  OPTIONAL SYSTEMATIC PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

     If you want to receive Systematic Partial Withdrawals, your request must be
     received in writing. For the appropriate form, please call our Customer Service
     Center: 1-800-366-0066.

 8.  TELEPHONE REALLOCATION AUTHORIZATION ________________ OWNER'S INITIALS
     I authorize Golden American to act upon reallocation instructions given
     by telephone from __________________________(name of your registered
     representative) upon furnishing his/her social security number. Neither
     Golden American nor any person authorized by Golden American will be
     responsible for any claim, loss, liability or expense in connection with
     reallocation instructions received by telephone from such person if Golden
     American or such other person acted on such telephone instructions in good
     faith in reliance upon this authorization. Golden American will continue
     to act upon this authorization until such time as the person indicated
     above  is  no  longer  affiliated  with the broker/dealer under which my
     contract was  purchased  or  until  such  time that I notify Golden
     American  otherwise in writing.

 9.  TAX-QUALIFIED PLANS IF YOU ARE FUNDING A QUALIFIED PLAN, PLEASE SPECIFY TYPE:
       / /  IRA      / / IRA Rollover     / /  SEP/IRA      / /  Other  ________________________

10.  REPLACEMENT

     Will the contract applied for replace any existing annuity or life insurance policies on the annuitant's life?

     / /  Yes (If yes, please complete following)         / / No

Company Name                  Policy Number                Face Amount

11.  READ THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS CAREFULLY AND SIGN BELOW:

    o BY SIGNING BELOW, I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THE PROSPECTUS. I UNDERSTAND THAT
      THIS CONTRACT'S CASH SURRENDER VALUE, 1) WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE
      OF A SEPERATE ACCOUNT DIVISION, MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE ON ANY DAY AND THAT NO
      MINIMUM VALUE IS GUARANTEED, AND 2) WHEN, BASED ON THE FIXED ACCOUNT MAY BE
      SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT, THE OPERATION OF WHICH MAY CAUSE THE
      VALUES TO INCREASE OR DECREASE. THIS CERTIFICATE IS IN ACCORD WITH MY
      ANTICIPATED FINANCIAL NEEDS.

    o I AGREE THAT, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, ALL STATEMENTS AND
      ANSWERS IN THIS APPLICATION ARE COMPLETE AND TRUE AND MAY BE RELIED UPON IN
      DETERMINING WHETHER TO ISSUE THE CERTIFICATE. MY ANSWERS WILL FORM A PART OF ANY
      CERTIFICATE TO BE ISSUED, AND ONLY THE OWNER AND GOLDEN AMERICAN HAVE THE
      AUTHORITY TO MODIFY THIS APPLICATION.

    o CONTRACTS AND POLICIES AND UNDERLYING SERIES SHARES OR SECURITIES WHICH FUND
      CONTRACTS AND POLICIES ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FDIC OR ANY OTHER AGENCY. THEY ARE
      NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ANY BANK AND ARE NOT BANK GUARANTEED. ALSO,
      THEY ARE SUBJECT TO MARKET FLUCTUATION, INVESTMENT RISK AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF
      PRINCIPAL INVESTED.


  -----------------------------------------         --------------------------------------
  Signature of Owner                                Signed at (City, State)           Date


  -----------------------------------------         --------------------------------------
  Signature of Joint Owner (IF APPLICABLE)          Signed at (City, State)           Date


  -----------------------------------------         --------------------------------------
  Signature of Annuitant (IF OTHER THAN OWNER)      Signed at (City, State)           Date


  Client Account No. (IF APPLICABLE)_____________________

  FOR AGENT USE ONLY

  DO YOU HAVE REASON TO BELIEVE THAT THE CONTRACT APPLIED FOR WILL REPLACE ANY
  EXISTING ANNUITY OR LIFE INSURANCE ON THE ANNUITANT'S LIFE?   / /  YES   / /  NO

- - --------------------   -----------------------   ---------------------   --------------------
  Agent Signature       Print Agent Name & No.     Social Security No.   Broker/Dealer/Branch


             ----------------------------------
             Florida License ID# (Florida Only)


GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER, PO Box 8794,
Wilmington, DE 19899-8794
                             1-800-366-0066
</TABLE>
                                    B3

GA-AA-1000-12/94

<PAGE>
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A Subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

           REQUEST TO EFFECT IRA OR OTHER QUALIFIED ACCOUNT TRANSFER
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                     <C>
TO:        -------------------------------------
           PRESENT SPONSOR
           -------------------------------------   ACCOUNT NO.
           ADDRESS

           -------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------------------
           ADDRESS                                 PARTICIPANT'S NAME

RE:        IRA OR OTHER QUALIFIED ACCOUNT TRANSFER
</TABLE>

ATTN: QUALIFIED TRANSFER DEPARTMENT

Dear Sirs:
I  wish to  transfer the  entire value  of my  present Qualified  Account to the
"GoldenSelect IRA" sponsored by Golden American Life Insurance Company.
I adopted the "GoldenSelect IRA" on ____________________________________________
                                                DATE OF APPLICATION

Please make the  check payable  to GoldenSelect/Golden  American Life  Insurance
Company.   As  indicated  below,  Golden  American  has  already  indicated  its
willingness to accept from you all my Qualified Account assets.

Please send all such proceeds and details to:
      Golden American Life Insurance Company
      IRA and Pension Operations
      P.O. Box 8794
      Wilmington, DE 19899-8794

Your prompt attention to this matter is appreciated.

<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>                                        <C>
Sincerely,                                    (Signature Guarantee if Required)
X                                             ----------------------------------------
        PARTICIPANT'S SIGNATURE               (NAME OF BANK/FIRM)

                                              ----------------------------------------
                                              (SIGNATURE OF OFFICER/TITLE)
</TABLE>

- - -

            GOLDEN AMERICAN APPROVAL FOR QUALIFIED ACCOUNT TRANSFER

Golden American Life  Insurance Company has  established the "GoldenSelect  IRA"
application number
- - -------------------------  for the  participant named  above. We  are willing to
accept the transfer. Please forward all proceeds accordingly.

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
By: --------------------------------------     Date: ----------------------------------------------

Name: -----------------------------------      Title: ----------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center, P.O. Box 8794,
                    Wilmington, DE 19899-8974 1-800-366-0066

GAL-IRA-3/95

                                       B4
<PAGE>
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A Subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

             ABSOLUTE ASSIGNMENT TO EFFECT SECTION 1035(A) EXCHANGE
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
OWNER:                                             ANNUITANT OR INSURED:
CURRENT CONTRACT NO.:                              EXISTING INSURANCE CO.:
</TABLE>

I hereby make a complete and absolute assignment and transfer all rights, titles
and interest of  every nature  and character  in and  to the  above contract  to
Golden  American  Life  Insurance  Company ("Golden  American")  in  an exchange
intended to qualify under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Upon receipt, Golden American  is directed to surrender  the above contract  and
apply  the  value to  the GoldenSelect  product  for which  I have  submitted an
application.

I understand that, by executing this assignment, I irrevocably waive all rights,
claims and demands under the above contract.

I acknowledge that Golden American is furnishing this form and participating  in
this  transaction as an accommodation to me, and that Golden American assumes no
responsibility or  liability for  my tax  treatment under  Section 1035  of  the
Internal Revenue Code or otherwise.
Signed this ______________ day of ________________, 19 __________ at ___________

<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
X                                                  X
 WITNESS                                           SIGNATURE OF OWNER
</TABLE>

- - -

                    NOTIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT AND SURRENDER

<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
To (Existing Insurance Company):                   Re: Contract No.
</TABLE>

This  is to  notify you  that an  absolute assignment  of all  rights, title and
interest in and  to the above  contract has  been made to  Golden American  Life
Insurance  Company, for the purpose of making  an exchange under Section 1035 of
the Internal Revenue Code. Golden American, owner of the above contract,  hereby
surrenders  it  and requests  its full  surrender  value for  the purpose  of an
exchange under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code. Upon surrender of this
contract, please  issue a  check for  its  cash value  to Golden  American  Life
Insurance  Company, and mail to Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer
Service Center, P.O. Box  8794, Wilmington, DE,  19899-8794, Attn: New  Business
Department.  Please provide Golden American with  the cost basis, issue date and
other payment information along with your check.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
                                                   GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                                   By:
DATE                                                  OFFICER OF ABOVE-NAMED INSURANCE COMPANY
</TABLE>

Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center, P.O. Box 8794,
                    Wilmington, DE 19899-8974 1-800-366-0066

GAL-1035-3/95

                                       B5
<PAGE>
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A Subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

                      CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT TRANSFER FORM
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      APPOINTMENT OF ATTORNEY-IN-FACT TO SURRENDER CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT
                              (NON-QUALIFIED ONLY)

CERTIFICATE(S) OF DEPOSIT
Issued By: _____________________________________________________________________
                                      INSTITUTION
Address: _______________________________________________________________________
Certificate Number(s): _________________________ Issued to: ____________________
Maturity Date(s): ______________________________________________________________
Estimated Amount(s): ___________________________________________________________

I/We do hereby name and appoint Golden American Life Insurance Company  ("Golden
American")   through  its   duly  authorized   officers  as   lawful  agent  and
attorney-in-fact for me/us,  to surrender  the above  Certificate(s) of  Deposit
upon the respective maturity date(s).

I/We  request that  upon maturity all  funds available be  transferred to Golden
American. Golden  American will  apply all  such funds  received to  a  variable
contract issued to me/us.

I/We  understand  that Golden  American assumes  no  responsibility for  the tax
treatment of this matter and that I/ we shall be responsible for the payment  of
all  federal, state and local taxes and any other fees and charges incurred with
respect to the Certificate(s).

I/We acknowledge  that  the  investment earnings  credited  under  the  variable
contract  will begin to accrued when  Golden American receives the proceeds from
the Certificate(s). Golden American has  the responsibility only to present  the
Certificate(s)  for payment upon  maturity and shall not  be responsible for the
solvency of the issuing Financial Institution.
Dated   at    ______________________________    on   this    ______    day    of
____________________, 19________________________________________________________

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
X                                              X
Witness                                        Signature of Certificate Owner
X                                              X
Witness                                        Signature of Joint Certificate Owner
</TABLE>

Special Handling Instructions: _________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Golden  American will  accept any and  all funds which  discharge the obligation
listed above  and request  that such  funds  be sent  to: Golden  American  Life
Insurance  Company,  Customer  Service  Center, P.O.  Box  8794,  Wilmington, DE
19899-8794
By _____________________________________________________________________________
        Name                          Title                         Date

Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center, P.O. Box 8794,
                    Wilmington, DE 19899-8974 1-800-366-0066

GAL-CDTF-3/95

                                       B6
<PAGE>
                       GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                     A Subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY
                     DOMICILED IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

   
IN CDSL DVA/MVA Prosp. 8/95
    
<PAGE>











                                     PART B




<PAGE>


                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                GOLDENSELECT DVA


                          DEFERRED COMBINATION VARIABLE
                           AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACT

                                    ISSUED BY

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                                  ("Account B")

                                       AND

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                                  ("Account D")

                         (collectively, the "Accounts")

                                       OF

                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY





THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS.  THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT WHICH
IS REFERRED TO HEREIN.

THE PROSPECTUS SETS FORTH INFORMATION THAT A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR OUGHT TO KNOW
BEFORE INVESTING.  FOR A COPY OF THE PROSPECTUS, SEND A WRITTEN REQUEST TO
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER, P.O. BOX 8794,
WILMINGTON, DE 19899-8794 OR TELEPHONE 1-800-366-0066.



                             DATE OF PROSPECTUS AND
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
   
                                 AUGUST __, 1995
    


   
 IN CDSL DVA/MVA SAI 8/95
    

<PAGE>

   

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ITEM PAGE

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

PART I
Description of Golden American Life Insurance Company. . . . . . . . . . .2
Safekeeping of Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
The Administrator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Independent Auditors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Distribution of Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
Performance Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
IRA Partial Withdrawal Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
Other Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

PART II
Securities and Investment Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
   U.S. Government Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
   Debt Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
   Short Sales Against the Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
   Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. . . . . . . . . . 10
   Options on Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
   Options on Securities Indexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
   Foreign Currency Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
   Options on Foreign Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
   Repurchase Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
   Banking Industry and Savings Industry Obligations . . . . . . . . . . 15
   Commercial Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
   When Issued or Delayed Delivery Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Investment Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Management of Separate Account D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
The Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Portfolio Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Custodian and Portfolio Accounting Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Purchase and Pricing of the Global Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Financial Statements of Separate Account B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Financial Statements of The Managed Global Account of
Separate Account D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Appendix - Description of Bond Ratings
    


                                     1

<PAGE>


                                  INTRODUCTION

    Part I of this Statement of Additional Information provides background
information regarding Account B and Account D.  Part II of this Statement of
Additional Information provides information regarding the investment activities
of Account D and The Managed Global Account (the "Global Account"), including
its investment policies.

                                     PART  I

              DESCRIPTION OF GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Golden American Life Insurance Company ("Golden American") is a stock life
insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Prior to
December 30, 1993, Golden American was a Minnesota corporation.  From January 2,
1973 through December 31, 1987, the name of the company was St. Paul Life
Insurance Company.  On December 31, 1987, after all of St. Paul Life Insurance
Company's business was sold, the name was changed to Golden American.  On March
7, 1988, all of the stock of Golden American was acquired by The Golden
Financial Group, Inc. ("GFG"), a financial services holding company.  On October
19, 1990, GFG merged with and into MBL Variable, Inc. ("MBLV"), a wholly owned
direct subsidiary of The Mutual Benefit Life Insurance Company ("MBL").  On
January 1, 1991, MBLV became a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of MBL and
Golden American became a wholly owned direct subsidiary of MBL.  Golden
American's name had been changed to MB Variable Life Insurance Company in the
state of Minnesota but subsequently has been changed back to Golden American.
In a transaction that closed on September 30, 1992, Golden American was acquired
by a subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers Trust").  As of December 31,
1994, Golden American had over $89.5 million in stockholders' equity and
approximately $1.04 billion in total assets, including approximately $950.3
million of separate account assets.  Golden American is authorized to do
business in all jurisdictions except New York.  Golden American offers variable
annuities and variable life insurance.

                              SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS

Golden American acts as its own custodian for Account B.

                                THE ADMINISTRATOR

Effective January 1, 1994, Bankers Trust (Delaware), a subsidiary of Bankers
Trust New York Corporation, and Golden American became parties to a service
agreement pursuant to which Bankers Trust (Delaware) has agreed to provide
certain accounting, actuarial, tax, underwriting, sales , management and other
services to Golden American.  Expenses incurred by Bankers Trust (Delaware) in
relation to this service agreement are reimbursed by Golden American on an
allocated cost basis.  Charges billed to Golden American by Bankers Trust
(Delaware) pursuant to the service agreement were $816,264  for 1994.

Prior to 1994, Golden American had arranged with BT Variable to perform services
related to the development and administration of its products.  For the year
1993 and the period from September 30, 1992 to December 31, 1992, fees earned by
BT Variable from Golden American for these

                                     2
<PAGE>


services aggregated $2,701,000 and $209,000, respectively.  The agreement was
terminated as of January 1, 1994.

In addition, BT Variable provided to Golden American certain of its personnel to
perform management, administrative and clerical services and the use of certain
of its facilities.  BT Variable charged Golden American for such expenses and
all other general and administrative costs, first on the basis of direct charges
when identifiable, and second allocated based on the estimated amount of time
spent by BT Variable's employees on behalf of Golden American.  For the year
1993 and the period from September 30, 1992 to December 31, 1992, BT Variable
allocated to Golden American $1,503,000 and $450,000, respectively.  The
agreement was terminated on January 1, 1994.  During 1994, such expenses were
allocated directly by BT New York Corporation to Golden American and totaled
$1,395,966 for the year.

                              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Ernst & Young LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, independent auditors,
will perform annual audits of Golden American and the Accounts.

                            DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS

Prior to 1994, Golden American had entered into agreements with DSI to perform
services related to the management of its investments and the distribution of
its products.  For the year 1993 and the period from September 30, 1992 to
December 31, 1992, Golden American incurred $311,000 and $35,000, respectively,
for such services.  The agreement was terminated as of January 1, 1994.

DSI acts as the principal underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act of 1933
and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) of the variable insurance
products issued by Golden American which, as of December 31, 1994, are sold
primarily through two broker/dealer institutions.  For the years ended 1994 and
1993 and the period from September 30, 1992 to December 31, 1992, commissions
paid by Golden American to DSI aggregated, $17,569,000, $34,260,000, and
$6,429,197, respectively.

Golden American provided to DSI certain of its personnel to perform management,
administrative and clerical services and the use of certain facilities.  Golden
American charged DSI for such expenses and all other general and administrative
costs, first on the basis of direct charges when identifiable, and the remainder
allocated based on the estimated amount of time spent by Golden American's
employees on behalf of DSI.  In the opinion of management, this method of cost
allocation is reasonable.  For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993,
expenses allocated to DSI were $1,983,000 and $2,013,000, respectively.

                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Performance information for the divisions of Account B and the Global Account,
including the yield and effective yield of the Liquid Asset Division, the yield
of the remaining divisions and the Global Account, and the total return of all
divisions, may appear in reports or promotional literature to current or
prospective owners.  Negative values are denoted by parentheses.  Performance
information for measures other than total return do not reflect sales load which
can have a maximum level of 6% of premium, and any applicable premium tax that
can range from 0% to 3.5%.

                                     3
<PAGE>


SEC STANDARD MONEY MARKET DIVISION YIELDS
Current yield for the Liquid Asset Division will be based on the change in the
value of a hypothetical investment (exclusive of capital changes) over a
particular 7-day period, less a pro-rata share of division expenses accrued over
that period (the "base period"), and stated as a percentage of the investment at
the start of the base period (the "base period return").  The base period return
is then annualized by multiplying by 365/7, with the resulting yield figure
carried to at least the nearest hundredth of one percent.  Calculation of
"effective yield" begins with the same "base period return" used in the
calculation of yield, which is then annualized to reflect weekly compounding
pursuant to the following formula:

      EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD RETURN) +1)to the power of 365/7] - 1

   
The current yield and effective yield of the Liquid Asset Division will be given
for the 7-day period December 24, 1995 to December 31, 1995 in an updated
statement of additional information.
    

SEC STANDARD 30-DAY YIELD FOR NON-MONEY MARKET DIVISIONS
Quotations of yield for the remaining divisions will be based on all investment
income per Unit (accumulation value divided by the index of investment
experience) earned during a particular 30-day period, less expenses accrued
during the period ("net investment income"), and will be computed by dividing
net investment income by the value of an accumulation unit on the last day of
the period, according to the following formula:

                 YIELD = 2 [ ( a - b  +1)to the sixth power - 1]
                                       -----
                                         CD

          Where:
               [a] equals the net investment income earned during the period
                   by the Series attributable to shares owned by a division
               [b] equals the expenses accrued for the period (net of
                   reimbursements)
               [c] equals the average daily number of Units outstanding during
                   the period based on the index of investment experience
               [d] equals the value (maximum offering price) per index of
                   investment experience on the last day of the period

Yield on divisions of Account B is earned from the increase in net asset value
of shares of the Series in which the Division invests and from dividends
declared and paid by the Series, which are automatically reinvested in shares of
the Series.  Yield on the Global Account is earned from the increase in asset
value of shares of the securities in which the Global Account invests.

                                     4

<PAGE>


SEC STANDARD AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR NON-MONEY MARKET DIVISIONS
Quotations of average annual total return for any division will be expressed in
terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical
investment in a contract over a period of one, five and 10 years (or, if less,
up to the life of the division), calculated pursuant to the formula:

                      P(1+T)to the power of n=ERV

         Where:
              (1)  [P] equals a hypothetical initial premium payment of $1,000
              (2)  [T] equals an average annual total return
              (3)  [n] equals the number of years
              (4)  [ERV] equals the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical
                   $1,000 initial premium payment made at the beginning of the
                   period (or fractional portion thereof)

All total return figures reflect the deduction of the maximum sales load, the
administrative charges, and the mortality and expense risk charges.  The SEC
requires that an assumption be made that the contract owner surrenders the
entire contract at the end of the one, five and 10 year periods (or, if less, up
to the life of the security) for which performance is required to be calculated.
This assumption may not be consistent with the typical contract owner's
intentions in purchasing a contract and may adversely affect returns.
Quotations of total return may simultaneously be shown for other periods, as
well as quotations of total return that do not take into account certain
contractual charges such as sales load.

   
Average Annualized Total Return for the Divisions presented on a standardized
basis for the period from the date hereof to December 31, 1995 will be provided
in an updated Statement of Additional Information.
    

NON-STANDARD AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR NON-MONEY MARKET DIVISIONS
Quotations of non-standard average annual total return for any division will be
expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a
hypothetical investment in a contract over a period of one, five and 10 years
(or, if less, up to the life of the division), calculated pursuant to the
formula:


                                  [P(1+T)to the power of n]=ERV

           Where:
             (1)  [P] equals a hypothetical initial premium payment of $1,000
             (2)  [T] equals an average annual total return
             (3)  [n] equals the number of years
             (4)  [ERV] equals the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical
                  $1,000 initial premium payment made at the beginning of the
                  period (or fractional portion thereof) assuming certain
                  loading and charges are zero.

All total return figures reflect the deduction of the mortality and expense risk
charge and the administrative charges, but not the deduction of the maximum
sales load and the annual contract fee.

                                     5
<PAGE>

   
Average Annualized Total Return for the Divisions presented on a non-
standardized basis for the period from the date hereof to December 31, 1995 will
be provided in an updated Statement of Additional Information.
    

Performance information for a division may be compared, in reports and
promotional literature, to: (i) the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index ("S & P
500"), Dow Jones Industrial Average ("DJIA"), Donoghue Money Market
Institutional Averages, or other indices that measure performance of a pertinent
group of securities so that investors may compare a division's results with
those of a group of securities widely regarded by investors as representative of
the securities markets in general; (ii) other groups of variable annuity
separate accounts or other investment products tracked by Lipper Analytical
Services, a widely used independent research firm which ranks mutual funds and
other investment companies by overall performance, investment objectives, and
assets, or tracked by other services, companies, publications, or persons who
rank such investment companies on overall performance or other criteria; and
(iii) the Consumer Price Index (measure for inflation) to assess the real rate
of return from an investment in the contract.  Unmanaged indices may assume the
reinvestment of dividends but generally do not reflect deductions for
administrative and management costs and expenses.

Performance information for any division reflects only the performance of a
hypothetical contract under which accumulation value is allocated to a division
during a particular time period on which the calculations are based.
Performance information should be considered in light of the investment
objectives and policies, characteristics and quality of the portfolio of the
Series of the Trust in which the Account B divisions invest and the securities
in which the Global Account invests, and the market conditions during the given
time period, and should not be considered as a representation of what may be
achieved in the future.

Reports and promotional literature may also contain other information including
the ranking of any division derived from rankings of variable annuity separate
accounts or other investment products tracked by Lipper Analytical Services or
by other rating services, companies, publications, or other persons who rank
separate accounts or other investment products on overall performance or other
criteria.

PUBLISHED RATINGS
From time to time, the rating of Golden American as an insurance company by A.M.
Best may be referred to in advertisements or in reports to contract owners.
Each year the A.M. Best Company reviews the financial status of thousands of
insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's Ratings.  These ratings
reflect their current opinion of the relative financial strength and operating
performance of an insurance company in comparison to the norms of the
life/health insurance industry.  Best's ratings range from A+ to C.  An A+
rating means, in the opinion of A.M. Best, that the insurer has demonstrated the
strongest ability to meet its respective policyholder and other contractual
obligations.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
For reporting purposes, the Global Account's portfolio turnover rate is
calculated by dividing the value of the lesser of purchases or sales of
portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of
the portfolio securities owned by the Global Account during the fiscal year.  In
determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time
of acquisition were

                                     6
<PAGE>


one year or less are excluded.  A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for
example, if all the securities in the portfolio (other than short-term
securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year.

INDEX OF INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE
The calculation of the Index of Investment Experience ("IIE") is discussed in
the prospectus for the Contracts under Measurement of Investment Experience.
The following illustrations show a calculation of a new IIE and the purchase of
Units (using hypothetical examples):

ILLUSTRATION OF CALCULATION OF IIE
[TO BE COMPLETED BY AMENDMENT]
    EXAMPLE 1.
   
1.  IIE, beginning of perio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ X
2.  Value of securities, beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ X
3.  Change in value of securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ X
4.  Gross investment return (3) divided by (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . .  X
5.  Less daily mortality and expense charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  X
6.  Less asset based administrative charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  X
7.  Net investment return (4) minus (5) minus (6). . . . . . . . . . . .  X
8.  Net investment factor (1.000000) plus (7). . . . . . . . . . . . . .  X
9.  IIE, end of period (1) multiplied by (8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ X

ILLUSTRATION OF PURCHASE OF UNITS (ASSUMING NO STATE PREMIUM TAX)
    EXAMPLE 2.

1.  Initial Premium Paymen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ X
2.  IIE on effective date of purchase (see Example 1). . . . . . . . . .$ X
3.  Number of Units purchased [(1) divided by (2)] . . . . . . . . . . .  X
4.  IIE for valuation date following purchase (see Example 1)  . . . . .$ X
5.  Accumulation Value in account for valuation date following purchase
     [(3) multiplied by(4)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ X
    



                          IRA PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL OPTION

If the contract owner has an IRA contract and will attain age 70 1/2 in the
current calendar year, distributions will be made to you in accordance with the
requirements of Federal tax law.  This option is available to assure that the
required minimum distributions from qualified plans under the Internal Revenue
Code (the "Code") are made.  Under the Code, distributions must begin no later
than April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
contract owner attains age 70 1/2.  If the required minimum distribution is not
withdrawn, there may be a penalty tax in an amount equal to 50% of the
difference between the amount required to be withdrawn and the amount actually
withdrawn.  Even if the IRA Partial Withdrawal Option is not elected,
distributions must nonetheless be made in accordance with the requirements of
Federal tax law.

Golden American notifies the contract owner of these regulations with a letter
mailed on January 1st of the calendar year in which the contract owner reaches
age 70 1/2 which explains the IRA Partial

                                     7
<PAGE>


Withdrawal Option and supplies an election form.  If the contract owner chooses
to elect this option, he or she specifies whether the withdrawal amount will be
based on a life expectancy calculated on a single life basis (contract owner's
life only) or, if the contract owner is married, on a joint life basis (contract
owner's and spouse's life combined).  The contract owner selects the payment
mode on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis.  If the payment mode selected on
the election form is more frequent than annually, the payments in the first
calendar year in which the option is in effect will be based on the amount of
payment modes remaining when Golden American receives the completed election
form.

Golden American calculates the IRA Partial Withdrawal amount each year based on
the minimum distribution rules.  We do this by dividing the accumulation value
by the life expectancy.  In the first year withdrawals begin, we use the
accumulation value as of the date of the first payment.  Thereafter, we use the
accumulation value on December 31st of each year.  The life expectancy is
recalculated each year.  Certain minimum distribution rules govern payouts if
the designated beneficiary is other than the contract owner's spouse and the
beneficiary is more than ten years younger than the contract owner.

                                OTHER INFORMATION

Registration statements have been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, with respect to the
Contracts discussed in this Statement of Additional Information.  Not all of the
information set forth in the registration statements, amendments and exhibits
thereto has been included in this Statement of Additional Information.
Statements contained in this Statement of Additional Information concerning the
content of the Contracts and other legal instruments are intended to be
summaries.  For a complete statement of the terms of these documents, reference
should be made to the instruments filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

                                    PART  II

                      SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES

This description of the Global Account of Account D securities and investment
techniques is not comprehensive and is intended to supplement the discussion
contained in Part II of the prospectus under "Securities and Investment
Techniques."

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
The Global Account may invest in U.S. Government securities.  U.S. Government
securities are obligations of, or are guaranteed by, the U.S. Government, its
agencies or instrumentalities.  Treasury bills, notes, and bonds are direct
obligations of the U.S. Treasury supported by the full faith and credit of the
United States.  Securities guaranteed by the U.S. Government include Federal
agency obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Treasury
(such as GNMA certificates and Federal Housing Administration debentures).  In
guaranteed securities, the payment of principal and interest is unconditionally
guaranteed by the U.S. Government, and thus they are generally of the highest
credit quality.  Such direct obligations or guaranteed securities are subject to
variations in market value due to fluctuations in interest rates, but, if held
to maturity, the U.S. Government is obligated to or guarantees to pay them in
full.

                                     8
<PAGE>


Securities issued by U.S. Government instrumentalities and certain Federal
agencies are neither direct obligations of nor guaranteed by the Treasury.
However, they involve Federal sponsorship in one way or another: some are backed
by specific types of collateral; some are supported by the issuer's right to
borrow from the Treasury; some are supported by the discretionary authority of
the Treasury to purchase certain obligations of the issuer; others are supported
only by the credit of the issuing government agency or instrumentality.  These
agencies and instrumentalities include, but are not limited to, Federal Land
Banks, Farmers Home Administration, Federal National Mortgage Association
("FNMA"), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"), Student Loan
Mortgage Association, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit
Banks, and Federal Home Loan Banks.

The Global Account may also purchase obligations of the International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development ("IBRD"), which, while technically not a U.S.
Government Agency or instrumentality has the right to borrow from IBRD
participating countries, including the United States.

DEBT SECURITIES
The Global Account may invest in debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers
including bonds, debentures, asset-backed securities, and notes which meet the
minimum ratings criteria set forth for the Global Account, or, if unrated, are,
in the Portfolio Manager's determination, comparable in quality to corporate
debt securities in which the Global Account may invest.

The investment return on a debt security reflects interest earnings and changes
in the market value of the security.  The market value of debt obligations may
be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates generally.  There
also exists the risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet
their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an
instrument.  Any bond may be susceptible to changing conditions, particularly to
economic downturns, which could lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and
principal.

New issues of certain debt securities are often offered on a when-issued or
firm-commitment basis; that is, the payment obligation and the interest rate are
fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment, but delivery and payment
for the securities normally takes place after the customary settlement time.
The value of when-issued securities or securities purchased on a firm-commitment
basis may vary prior to and after delivery depending on market conditions and
changes in interest rate levels.  However, the Global Account will not accrue
any income on these securities prior to delivery.  The Global Account will
maintain in a segregated account with its custodian an amount of cash or high-
quality debt securities equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) in the amount of
its commitment to purchase the when-issued securities or securities purchased on
a firm-commitment basis.

Many debt securities of foreign issuers are not rated by Moody's Investors
Services, Inc. ("Moody's") or Standard and Poor's Corporation ("Standard &
Poor's"); therefore, the selection of such issuers depends, to a large extent,
on the credit analysis performed or used by the Portfolio Manager.

SHORT SALES AGAINST THE BOX
The Global Account may make short sales "against the box."  A short sale
"against the box" is a short sale where, at time of the short sale, the Global
Account owns or has the immediate and unconditional right, at no added cost, to
obtain the identical security.  The Global Account would enter into such a
transaction to defer a gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes on the
security

                                     9
<PAGE>


owned by the Global Account.  Short sales against the box are not subject to the
percentage limitations on short sales as described in the prospectus.

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS
The Global Account may purchase and sell stock index futures contracts, interest
rate futures contracts, and futures contracts based upon securities, which may
be domestic or foreign, and corporate or governmental, foreign exchange futures
contracts and other financial futures contracts, and may purchase and write
options on such contracts.  A futures contract provides for the future sale by
one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a particular
financial instrument (debt security), or currency for a specified price at a
designated date, time, and place.  Although futures contracts by their terms
require actual future delivery of and payment for financial instruments or
currencies, futures contracts are usually closed out before the delivery date.
Closing out an open futures contract position is effected by entering into an
offsetting sale or purchase, respectively, for the same aggregate amount of the
same financial instrument and the same delivery date.  Where the Global Account
has sold a futures contract, if the offsetting purchase price is less than the
original futures contract sale price, the Global Account realizes a gain; if it
is more, the Global Account realizes a loss.  Where the Global Account has
purchased a futures contract, if the offsetting price is more than the original
futures contract purchase price, the Global Account realizes a gain; if it is
less, the Global Account realizes a loss.  The transaction costs must also be
included in these calculations.

Using futures to effect a particular strategy instead of using the underlying or
related security or index or currency will frequently result in lower
transaction costs being incurred.  The Global Account's use of futures contracts
and futures options may include hedging transactions.  For example, the Global
Account might use futures contracts to hedge against anticipated changes in
interest rates that might adversely affect either the value of the Global
Account's securities or the price of the securities which the Global Account
intends to purchase.  The Global Account's hedging may include sales of futures
contracts as an offset against the effect of expected increases in interest
rates and purchases of futures contracts as an offset against the effect of
expected declines in interest rates.  Although other techniques could be used to
reduce the Global Account's exposure to interest rate fluctuations, the Global
Account may be able to hedge its exposure more effectively and perhaps at a
lower cost by using futures contracts and futures options.

The Global Account may sell stock index futures to protect against a market
decline in an attempt to offset partially or wholly a decrease in the market
value of securities that the Global Account intends to sell.  Similarly, to
protect against a market advance when the Global Account is not fully invested
in the securities market, the Global Account may purchase stock index futures
that may partly or entirely offset increases in the cost of securities that the
Global Account intends to purchase.  A stock index is a method of reflecting in
a single number the market values of many different stocks, or, in the case of
capitalization weighted indices that take into account both stock prices and the
number of shares outstanding, of many different companies.  An index fluctuates
generally with changes in the market values of the common stocks so included.  A
stock index futures contract is a bilateral agreement pursuant to which two
parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified
dollar amount multiplied by the difference between the stock index value at the
close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the futures
contract is originally purchased or sold.  No physical delivery of the
underlying stocks in the index is made.

If a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by the Global Account, the
Global Account is required to deposit with its custodian a specified amount of
cash or U.S. Government securities

                                     10
<PAGE>


("initial margin").  Generally, the margin required for a futures contract is
set by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and may be
modified during the term of the contract.  The initial margin is in the nature
of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract which is
returned to the Global Account upon termination of the contract, assuming all
contractual obligations have been satisfied.  The Global Account expects to earn
interest income on its initial margin deposits.  A futures contract held by the
Global Account is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange
on which it is traded.  Each day the Global Account pays or receives cash,
called "variation margin" equal to the daily change in value of the futures
contract.  This process is known as "marking-to-market".  The payment or receipt
of the variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by the Global
Account but is settlement between the Global Account and the broker of the
amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired.  In computing
daily net asset value, each fund will mark-to-market its open futures positions.

The Global Account is also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect
to put and call options on futures contracts it writes.  Such margin deposits
will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (including
the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the
option, and other futures positions held by the Global Account.

When purchasing a futures contract or selling a put option on a futures
contract, the Global Account is required to maintain with its custodian high-
quality liquid debt securities, cash, or cash equivalents (including any margin)
equal to the purchase price of such contract or option to collateralize the
position, or to otherwise cover the position.  When selling a futures contract
or selling a call option on a futures contract, the Global Account is required
to maintain with its custodian high-quality liquid debt securities, cash, or
cash equivalents (including any margin) equal to the market value of such
contract or option, or to otherwise cover the position.

In compliance with the requirements of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission
("CFTC") under which an investment company may engage in futures transactions,
the Global Account will comply with certain regulations of the CFTC to qualify
for an exclusion from being a "commodity pool."  The regulations require that
the Global Account enter into futures and option  (1) for "bona fide hedging"
purposes, without regard to the percentage of assets committed to initial margin
and options premiums, or  (2)  for other strategies, provided that the aggregate
initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions do not exceed
5% of the liquidation value of the Global Account's portfolio, after taking into
account unrealized profits and unrealized gains on any such contracts entered
into.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES
In pursuing its investment objective, the Global Account may engage in
transactions on options on securities.  An option on a security is a contract
that gives the purchaser of the option, in return for the premium paid, the
right to buy a specified security (in the case of a call option) or to sell a
specified security (in the case of a put option) from or to the seller
("writer") of the option at a designated price during the term of the option.
One reason the Global Account may purchase put options on securities is to
protect holdings in an underlying or related security against a substantial
decline in market value.  Securities are considered related if their price
movements generally correlate to one another.  For example, the purchase of put
options on debt securities held by the Global Account would enable the Global
Account to protect, at least partially, an unrealized gain in an appreciated
security without actually selling the security.  In addition, the Global Account
would continue to receive interest income on such security.

                                     11
<PAGE>


The Global Account may purchase call options on securities in furtherance of its
investment objective, which may include a call option to protect against
substantial increases in prices of securities the Global Account intends to
purchase pending its ability to invest in such securities in an orderly manner.
The Global Account may sell put or call options it has previously purchased,
which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount
realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transactional
costs paid on the put or call option which is sold.

In order to earn additional income on its portfolio securities or to protect
partially against declines in the value of such securities, the Global Account
may write covered call options.  The exercise price of a call option may be
below, equal to, or above the current market value of the underlying security at
the time the option is written.  During the option period, a covered call option
writer may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom such
call option was sold requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security
against payment of the exercise price.  This obligation is terminated upon the
expiration of the option period or at such earlier time in which the writer
effects a closing purchase transaction.  Closing purchase transactions will
ordinarily be effected to realize a profit on an outstanding call option, to
prevent an underlying security from being called, to permit the sale of the
underlying security, or to enable the Global Account to write another call
option on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or
expiration date or both.

In order to earn additional income or to facilitate its ability to purchase a
security at a price lower than the current market price of such security, the
Global Account may write secured put options.  During the option period, the
writer of a put option may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer
through whom the option was sold requiring the writer to purchase the underlying
security at the exercise price.

The Global Account may write a call or put option only if the option is
"covered" or "secured".  This means that so long as the Global Account is
obligated as the writer of a call option, it will own the underlying securities
subject to the option or if the Global Account holds a call at the same exercise
price, for the same exercise period, and on the same securities as the written
call.  Alternatively, the Global Account may maintain, in a segregated account
with Account D's custodian, cash, cash equivalents, or high-quality liquid debt
securities with a value sufficient to meet its obligation as writer of the
option.  A put is secured if the Global Account maintains cash, cash
equivalents, or high-quality debt securities with a value equal to the exercise
price in a segregated account, or holds a put on the same underlying security at
an equal or greater exercise price.  Prior to exercise or expiration, an option
may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same
series.

Unless otherwise indicated above, the Global Account will enter only into
options which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange or board
of trade, or for which an established over-the-counter market exists.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES INDEXES
Call and put options on securities indexes also may be purchased or sold by the
Global Account in furtherance of its investment objective.  Options on
securities indexes are similar to options on securities, except that the
exercise of securities index options requires cash payments and does not involve
the actual purchase or sale of securities.  In addition, securities index
options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or
segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single
security.  When such options are written, the Global Account is required to
maintain a segregated account consisting of cash, cash equivalents or high grade
obligations with a

                                     12
<PAGE>


value equal to the exercise price or the Global Account must purchase a like
option of greater value that will expire no earlier than the option sold.
Purchased options may not enable the Global Account to hedge effectively against
stock market risk if they are not highly correlated with the value of the Global
Account's securities.  Moreover, the ability to hedge effectively depends upon
the ability to predict movements in the stock market.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
The Global Account may enter into forward currency contracts, currency exchange
transactions on a spot (i.e. cash) basis and options on currencies.  A forward
currency contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a currency against
another currency at a future date and price as agreed upon by the parties.  The
Global Account may either accept or make delivery of the currency at the
maturity of the forward contract or, prior to maturity, enter into a closing
transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract.  The
Global Account will engage in forward currency transactions in furtherance of
its investment objective, which may include hedging purposes such as
transactions in anticipation of or to protect the Global Account against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates.  The Global Account might sell a
particular currency forward, for example, when it wanted to hold bonds or bank
obligations denominated in that currency but anticipated or wished to be
protected against a decline in the currency against the dollar.

The Global Account may enter into a long position in a forward currency contract
for a fixed amount of foreign currency in anticipation of an increase in the
value of that currency.  The Global Account may enter into forward foreign
currency contracts in other circumstances, as described in Part II of the
prospectus under Investment Objective and Policies of the Global Account.  When
the Global Account enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security
denominated in a foreign currency, the Global Account may desire to "lock in"
the U.S. dollar price of the security.  By entering into a forward contract for
a fixed amount of dollars for the purchase or sale of the amount of foreign
currency involved in the underlying transactions, the Global Account will be
able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change
in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and such foreign currency during the
period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold and the date
on which payment is made or received.

Also, when the Portfolio Manager believes that the currency of a particular
foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may
enter into a forward contract for a fixed amount of dollars to sell the amount
of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the Global
Account's securities denominated in such foreign currency.  The precise matching
of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will
not generally be possible since the future value of securities in foreign
currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of
these securities between the date on which the forward contract is entered into
and the date it matures.  The projection of short-term currency market movement
is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging
strategy is highly uncertain.

At the maturity of a forward contract, the Global Account may either sell the
security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the
security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign
currency by purchasing an "offsetting" contract with the same currency trader
obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the
foreign currency.  It is impossible to forecast the market value of a particular
security at the expiration of the contract.  Accordingly, if a decision is made
to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency, it may be
necessary for the Global Account to purchase additional foreign currency on the
spot market

                                     13
<PAGE>


(and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security is
less than the amount of foreign currency that the Global Account is obligated to
deliver.

If the Global Account retains the security and engages in an offsetting
transaction, the Global Account will incur a gain or a loss (as described below)
to the extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices.  Should
forward prices decline during the period between the Global Account's entering
into a forward contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it
enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign currency, the
Global Account will realize a gain to the extent that the price of the currency
it has agreed to sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to
purchase.  Should forward prices increase, the Global Account will suffer a loss
to the extent that the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds
the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.

When entering into a long position on a forward currency contract or selling a
put option on a forward currency contract, the Global Account is required to
maintain with its custodian high-quality liquid debt securities, cash, or cash
equivalents (including any margin) equal to the purchase price of such contract
or option to collateralize the position or to otherwise cover the position.
When entering into a short position in a forward currency contract or selling a
call option on a forward currency contract, the Global Account is required to
maintain with its custodian high-quality liquid debt securities, cash, or cash
equivalents (including any margin) equal to the market value of such contract or
option or to otherwise cover the position.

Forward contracts are not traded on regulated commodities exchanges.  There can
be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Global Account seeks to
close out a forward currency position, and in such an event, the Global Account
might not be able to effect a closing purchase transaction at any particular
time.  In addition, the Global Account entering into a forward foreign currency
contract incurs the risk of default by the counter party to the transaction.
The CFTC has indicated that it may in the future assert jurisdiction over
certain types of forward contracts in foreign currencies and attempt to prohibit
certain entities from engaging in such foreign currency forward transactions.

OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES
The Global Account may write and purchase call and put options on foreign
currencies.  Such strategies may be employed for purposes of exposing the Global
Account to a foreign (or domestic) currency or to shift exposure to foreign
currency fluctuations from one country to another or to function as a hedge
against changes in the value of the U.S. dollar (or another currency) in
relation to a foreign currency in which securities of the Global Account may be
denominated.  A call option on a foreign currency gives the buyer the right to
buy, and a put option gives the buyer the right to sell, a certain amount of
foreign currency at a specified price during a fixed period of time.  The Global
Account may enter into closing sale transactions with respect to such options,
exercise them, or permit them to expire.

The Global Account may enter into an option on a currency before the Global
Account purchases a foreign security denominated in the currency the Global
Account anticipates acquiring, during the period the Global Account holds the
foreign security, or between the date the foreign security is purchased or sold
and the date on which payment therefor is made or received.

In those situations where foreign currency options may not be readily purchased
(or where such options may be deemed illiquid) in the currency in which a hedge
is desired, the hedge may be

                                     14

<PAGE>


obtained by purchasing or selling an option on a "surrogate" currency, i.e., a
currency where there is tangible evidence of a direct correlation in the trading
value of the two currencies.  A surrogate currency is a currency that can act,
for hedging purposes, as a substitute for a particular currency because the
surrogate currency's exchange rate movements parallel that of the primary
currency.  Surrogate currencies are used to hedge an illiquid currency risk,
when no liquid hedge instruments exist in world currency markets for the primary
currency.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
The Global Account may invest in repurchase agreements.  A repurchase agreement
is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of
the sale to repurchase that security from the buyer at a mutually agreed upon
time and price.  These agreements may be considered to be loans by the purchaser
collateralized by the underlying securities.  The term of such an agreement is
generally quite short, possibly overnight or for a few days, although it may
extend over a number of months (up to one year) from the date of delivery.  The
resale price is in excess of the purchase price by an amount which reflects an
agreed upon market rate of return, effective for the period of time the Global
Account is invested in the security.  This results in a fixed rate of return
protected from market fluctuations during the period of the agreement.  This
rate is not tied to the coupon rate on the security subject to the repurchase
agreement.

The Global Account may engage in repurchase transactions in accordance with
guidelines approved by the Board of Governors of Account D, which include
monitoring the creditworthiness of the parties with which the Global Account
engages in repurchase transactions, obtaining collateral at least equal in value
to the repurchase obligation, and marking the collateral to market on a daily
basis.  The Global Account may not enter into a repurchase agreement having more
than seven days remaining to maturity if, as a result, such agreements, together
with any other securities that are not readily marketable, would exceed 15% of
the net assets of the Global Account.  If the seller should become bankrupt or
default on its obligations to  repurchase the securities, the Global Account may
experience delays or difficulties in exercising its rights to the securities
held as collateral and might incur a loss if the value of the securities should
decline.  The Global Account also might incur disposition costs in connection
with liquidating the securities.

BANKING INDUSTRY AND SAVINGS INDUSTRY OBLIGATIONS
The Global Account may invest in (i) certificates of deposit, time deposits,
bankers' acceptances, and other short-term debt obligations issued by commercial
banks and in (ii) certificates of deposit, time deposits, and other short-term
obligations issued by savings and loan or other depository associations ("S&L").

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a
specified return.  Bankers' acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of
exchange, which are normally drawn by an  importer or exporter to pay for
specific merchandise, and which are "accepted" by a bank, meaning, in effect,
that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on
maturity.  Fixed-time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity
date and bearing interest at a fixed rate.  Fixed-time deposits may be withdrawn
on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties
which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the
obligation.  There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a
beneficial interest in a fixed-time deposit to a third party, because there is
no market for such deposits.  The Global Account will not invest in fixed-time
deposits (i) which are not subject to prepayment or (ii) which provide for
withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits), if, in the
aggregate, more than 15% of its assets would

                                     15

<PAGE>


be invested in such deposits, in repurchase agreements maturing in more than
seven days, and in other illiquid assets.

Obligations of foreign banks involve somewhat different investment risks than
those affecting obligations of U.S. banks, which include: (i) the possibility
that their liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic
developments; (ii) their obligations may be less marketable than comparable
obligations of U.S. banks; (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding
taxes on interest income payable on those obligations; (iv) foreign deposits may
be seized or nationalized; (v) foreign governmental restrictions, such as
exchange controls, may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of
principal and interest on those obligations; and (vi) the selection of those
obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available
information concerning foreign banks and/or because the accounting, auditing,
and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to
foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks.  Foreign banks are
not generally subject to examination by any U.S. Government agency or
instrumentality.

The Global Account will not invest in obligations issued by a U.S. or foreign
commercial bank or S&L unless:

      (i) the bank or S&L has total assets of at least $10 billion (U.S.), or
          the equivalent in other currencies, and the institution has
          outstanding securities rated A or better by Moody's or Standard &
          Poor's, or, if the institution has no outstanding securities rated by
          Moody's or Standard & Poor's, it has, in the determination of the
          Portfolio Manager, similar creditworthiness to institutions having
          outstanding securities so rated; and
     (ii) in the case of a U.S. bank or S&L, its deposits are insured by the
          FDIC or the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF"), as the case
          may be.

COMMERCIAL PAPER
The Global Account may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount
master demand notes), denominated in U.S. dollars, issued by U.S. corporations
or foreign corporations.  The Global Account may invest in commercial paper (i)
rated, at the date of investment, P-2 or better by Moody's or A-2 or better by
Standard & Poor's; (ii) if not rated by either Moody's or Standard & Poor's,
issued by a corporation having an outstanding debt issue rated A or better by
Moody's or A or better by Standard & Poor's; or (iii) if not rated, are
determined to be of an investment quality comparable to rated commercial paper
in which the Global Account may invest.  Generally, commercial paper represents
short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by bank holding
companies, corporations, and finance companies.

Commercial paper obligations may include variable amount master demand notes.
These notes are obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at
varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between the Global
Account, as lender, and the borrower.  These notes permit daily changes in the
amounts borrowed.  The lender has the right to increase or to decrease the
amount under the note at any time up to the full amount provided by the note
agreement; and the borrower may prepay up to the full amount of the note without
penalty.  Because variable amount master demand notes are direct lending
arrangements between the lender and borrower, and because no secondary market
exists for those notes, such instruments will probably not be traded.  However,
the notes are redeemable (and thus immediately repayable by the borrower) at
face value, plus accrued interest, at any time.  In connection with master
demand note arrangements, the Portfolio Manager will monitor, on an ongoing
basis, the earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity ratios

                                    16
<PAGE>


of the borrower and its ability to pay principal and interest on demand.  The
Portfolio Manager also will consider the extent to which the variable amount
master demand notes are backed by bank letters of credit.  These notes generally
are not rated by Moody's or Standard & Poor's; the Global Account may invest in
them only if the Portfolio Manager believes that at the time of investment the
notes are of comparable quality to the other commercial paper in which the
Global Account may invest.  Master demand notes are considered by the Global
Account to have a maturity of one day, unless the Portfolio Manager has reason
to believe that the borrower could not make immediate repayment upon demand.
See the Appendix for a description of Moody's and Standard & Poor's ratings
applicable to commercial paper.

WHEN ISSUED OR DELAYED DELIVERY SECURITIES
The Global Account may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery
basis if the Global Account holds, and maintains until the settlement date in a
segregated account, cash, U.S. Government securities, or high-grade liquid debt
obligations in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price, or if the Global
Account enters into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other
securities it owns.  Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery
basis involves a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased
declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to the risk of
decline in value of the Global Account's other assets.  Although the Global
Account would generally purchase securities on a when-issued basis or enter into
forward commitments with the intention of acquiring securities, the Global
Account may dispose of a when-issued or delayed delivery security prior to
settlement if the Portfolio Manager deems it appropriate to do so.  The Global
Account may realize short-term profits or losses upon such sales.

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The Global Account's investment objective as set forth under "Investment
Objective and Policies" in Part II of the prospectus, together with the
investment restrictions set forth below are, unless otherwise noted, fundamental
policies of the Global Account and may not be changed without the approval of a
majority of the outstanding voting interests of the Global Account.  The vote of
a majority of the outstanding voting interests of the Global Account means the
vote, at an annual or special meeting, of the lesser of:  (a) 67% or more of the
voting interest present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the
outstanding voting interests of the Global Account are present or represented by
proxy; or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting interest of the Global
Account.  In accordance with its investment restrictions, the Global Account
will not:

       (1) Invest in a security if more than 25% of its total assets (taken at
           market value at the time of such investment) would be invested in the
           securities of issuers in any particular industry, except that this
           restriction does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the
           U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities (or repurchase
           agreements with respect thereto) or securities issued or guaranteed
           by a foreign government or any of its political subdivisions,
           authorities, agencies or instrumentalities (or repurchase agreements
           with respect thereto):

       (2) Purchase or sell real estate, except that the Global Account may
           invest in securities secured by real estate or real estate interests
           or issued by companies in the real estate industry or which invest in
           real estate or real estate interests;

       (3) Purchase securities on margin (except for use of short-term credit
           necessary for clearance of purchases and sales of securities), except
           that to the extent the Global

                                     17
<PAGE>


           Account engages in transactions in options, futures, and options on
           futures, the Global Account may make margin deposits in connection
           with those transactions and except that effecting short sales will be
           deemed not to constitute a margin purchase for purposes of this
           restriction;

       (4) Lend any funds or other assets, except that the Global Account may,
           consistent with its investment objective and policies:

               (a) invest in debt obligations, even though the purchase of such
                   obligations may be deemed to be the making of loans;
               (b) enter into repurchase agreements; and
               (c) lend its portfolio securities in accordance with applicable
                   guidelines established by the Securities and Exchange
                   Commission and any guidelines established by Account D's
                   Board of Governors;

       (5) Issue senior securities, except insofar as the Global Account may be
           deemed to have issued a senior security by reason of borrowing money
           in accordance with the Global Account's borrowing policies, or in
           connection with any repurchase agreement, and except, for purposes of
           this investment restriction, collateral or escrow arrangements with
           respect to the making of short sales, purchase or sale of futures
           contracts or related options, purchase or sale of forward currency
           contracts, writing of stock options, and collateral arrangements with
           respect to margin or other deposits respecting futures contracts,
           related options, and forward currency contracts are not deemed to be
           an issuance of a senior security;

       (6) Act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers, except, when in
           connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, the Global
           Account may be deemed to be an underwriter under Federal securities
           laws;

       (7) Borrow money or pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate its assets, except
           that the Global Account may: (a) borrow from banks but only if
           immediately after each borrowing and continuing thereafter, there is
           asset coverage of 300%; and (b) enter into reverse repurchase
           agreements and transactions in options, futures, options on futures,
           and forward currency contracts as described in the prospectus and in
           this Statement of Additional Information.  (The deposit of assets in
           escrow in connection with the writing of covered put and call options
           and the purchase of securities on a "when-issued" or delayed delivery
           basis and collateral arrangements with respect to initial or
           variation margin and other deposits for futures contracts, options on
           futures contracts, and forward currency contracts will not be deemed
           to be pledges of the Global Account's assets for purposes of this
           restriction.)

The Global Account is also subject to the following restrictions and policies
that are not fundamental and may, therefore, be changed by the Board of
Governors (without contract owner approval) relating to the investment of its
assets and activities.  Unless otherwise indicated, the Global Account may not:

       (1) Invest in securities that are illiquid because they are subject to
           legal or contractual restrictions on resale, in repurchase agreements
           maturing in more than seven days, or other securities which in the
           determination of the Portfolio Manager are illiquid if, as a

                                     18
<PAGE>


           result of such investment, more than 15% of the total assets of the
           Global Account (taken at market value at the time of such investment)
           would be invested in such securities; and

       (2) Purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts (which, for the
           purpose of this restriction, shall not include foreign currency or
           forward foreign currency contracts or futures contracts on
           currencies), except that the Global Account may engage in interest
           rate futures contracts, stock index futures contracts, futures
           contracts based on other financial instruments, and in options on
           such futures contracts.

                        MANAGEMENT OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

BOARD OF GOVERNORS
The business and affairs of Account D are managed under the direction of a Board
of Governors, which consists of four members.  The Board of Governors has
responsibility for matters relating to the portfolio of Account D and matters
arising under the Investment Company Act of 1940.  The Board of Governors does
not have responsibility for the payment of obligations under the Contracts and
administration of the Contracts.  These matters are Golden American's
responsibility.  The business and affairs of Account D are governed under a set
of rules adopted by the Board of Governors called "Rules and Regulations of
Separate Account D".

The members of the Board of Governors and principal officers, their business
addresses, and principal occupation(s) during the past five years are as
follows:



                           POSITION WITH      PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION
NAME AND ADDRESS           ACCOUNT D          DURING PAST 5 YEARS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Terry L. Kendall*          Chairman and       Chairman, President and Chief
Golden American Life       President          Executive Officer, Golden
Insurance Co.                                 American Life Insurance Company,
1001 Jefferson Street                         October 1993 to present;
Wilmington, DE 19801                          Chairman, President and Chief
                                              Executive Officer, BT Variable,
                                              Inc. October 1993 to present;
                                              Chairman and Chief Executive
                                              Officer, Directed Services,
                                              Inc., October 1993 to present;
                                              President and Chief Executive
                                              Officer, United Pacific Life
                                              Insurance Company, September
                                              1982 to September 1993.

Bernard R. Beckerlegge     Secretary          Secretary and General Counsel,
Golden American Life                          Directed Services, Inc.  March
Insurance Co.                                 1988 to present;  Secretary and
1001 Jefferson Street                         General Counsel, Golden American
Wilmington, DE 19801                          Life Insurance Company,  March
                                              1988 to present;  Secretary, BT
                                              Variable, Inc., October 1992 to
                                              present; Vice President and
                                              General Counsel, MBL Variable,
                                              Inc., February 1991 to September
                                              1992; General Counsel, The
                                              Golden Financial Group, Inc.,
                                              March 1988 to October 1990.

                                      19
<PAGE>


Robert A. Grayson          Member             Co-founder, Grayson Associates,
Grayson Associates                            Inc.; Adjunct Professor of
108 Loma Media Road                           Marketing, New York University
Santa Barbara, CA 93103                       School of Business
                                              Administration;  Former
                                              Director, The Golden Financial
                                              Group, Inc.;  Former Senior Vice
                                              President, David & Charles
                                              Advertising


Barnett Chernow            Executive Vice     Executive Vice President, BT
Golden American Life I     President          Variable and Directed Services,
nsurance Co.               and Principal      Inc., October 1993 to present;
1001 Jefferson Street      Financial          From 1977 through 1993, various
Wilmington, DE 19801       Officer            positions with Reliance Insurance
                                              Companies, and Senior vice
                                              President and Chief Financial
                                              Officer of United Pacific Life
                                              Insurance Company from 1984
                                              through 1993.

Stephen J. Preston         Comptroller        Senior Vice President, BT
Golden American Life                          Variable and Directed Services,
Insurance Co.                                 Inc., December 1993 to present;
1001 Jefferson Street                         From September 1993 through
Wilmington, DE 19801                          November 1993, Senior Vice
                                              President and Actuary for Mutual
                                              of America Insurance Company;
                                              From July 1987 through August
                                              1993, various positions with
                                              United Pacific Life Insurance
                                              Company and was Vice president
                                              and Actuary upon leaving.

M. Norvel Young            Member             Chancellor Emeritus and Board of
Pepperdine University                         Regents, Pepperdine University;
Malibu, CA 90263                              Director, Imperial Bancorp,
                                              Imperial Bank and Imperial Trust
                                              Company and 20th Century
                                              Christian Publishing Company


Roger B. Vincent           Member             President, Springwell
230 Park Avenue                               Corporation;  Director,
New York, NY 10169                            Petralone, Inc; formerly,
                                              Managing Director, Bankers Trust
                                              Company


____________________________
*Mr. Kendall is an "interested person" of Account D (as that term is defined in
the Investment Company Act of 1940) by reason of his affiliation with Directed
Services, Inc..

                                   THE MANAGER

DSI also serves as the manager (the "Manager") to Account D pursuant to a
management agreement effective October 2, 1992.  The Manager is a New York
corporation.  Its address is 280 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.  DSI is
a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company, which in turn, is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust New York Corporation.  DSI's business
activities include those of a distributor and underwriter of variable insurance
products, broker-dealer and investment manager.  DSI is registered with the SEC
as a broker-dealer and investment advisor and is a member of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").  It is also registered as a
broker-dealer and/or investment advisor in various states.

Under the management agreement, the Manager, subject to the direction of the
Board of Governors, is responsible for providing all supervisory and management
services reasonably necessary for the operation of Account D, including the
Global Account, other than the investment advisory services performed by the
Portfolio Manager.  These services include, but are not limited to, (i)
coordinating all matters relating to the functions of the Portfolio Manager,
Custodian, Recordkeeping Agent

                                     20
<PAGE>


(including pricing and valuation of the Global Account), accountants, attorneys,
and other parties performing services or operational functions for Account D;
(ii) providing Account D and the Global Account, at the Manager's expense, with
the services of a sufficient number of persons competent to perform such
administrative and clerical functions as are necessary to provide effective
supervision and administration of Account D; (iii) maintaining or supervising
the maintenance by the Portfolio Manager or third parties approved by Account D
of such books and records of Account D and the Global Account as may be required
by applicable Federal or state law; (iv) preparing or supervising the
preparation by third parties approved by Account D of all Federal, state and
local tax returns and reports of Account D required by applicable law; (v)
preparing and filing and arranging for the distribution of proxy materials and
periodic reports to contract owners of Account D as required by applicable law;
(vi) preparing and arranging for the filing of such registration statements and
other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission and other Federal
and state regulatory authorities as may be required by applicable law; (vii)
taking such other action with respect to Account D as may be required by
applicable law, including without limitation the rules and regulations of the
SEC and other regulatory agencies; and (viii) providing Account D at the
Manager's expense, with adequate personnel, office space, communications
facilities, and other facilities necessary for its operations as contemplated in
the Management Agreement.  Other responsibilities of the Manager are described
in the prospectus.

The Manager shall make its officers and employees available to the Board of
Governors and Officers of Account D for consultation and discussions regarding
the supervision and administration of the Global Account.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager is authorized to exercise full
investment discretion and make all determinations with respect to the investment
of Global Account's assets and the purchase and sale of securities in the event
that at any time no portfolio manager is engaged to manage the assets of the
Global Account.

The Management Agreement was continued by the Board of Governors in September,
1994 and shall continue in effect until October 2, 1995, and from year to year
thereafter, provided such continuance is approved annually by a majority of the
Board of Governors who are not parties to such Management Agreement or
"interested persons" (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, the
"1940 Act") of any such party.   The Management Agreement may be terminated
without penalty by vote of the Board of Governors or the contract owners of the
Global Account, or by the Manager, on 60 days' written notice by the Board or
the Manager and will terminate automatically if assigned as that term is
described in the 1940 Act.

The Global Account pays the Manager a monthly fee based upon the following
annual percentages of the Global Account's average daily net assets: 0.40% of
the first $500 million and 0.30% of the amount over $500 million.

The initial organizational expenses of the Global Account will be amortized by
Account D for accounting purposes on a straight line basis over a period of five
years from the date that the Global Account commences operations.

                                PORTFOLIO MANAGER

The Global Account and Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc. entered into a
Portfolio Management Agreement dated June 9, 1994.  The Portfolio Management
Agreement, which became effective July

                                     21
<PAGE>


1, 1994, provides that, subject to the supervision of Account D's Board of
Governors and the Manager, the Portfolio Manager will provide a continuous
investment program for the Global Account and will determine the composition of
the assets of the Global Account, including determination of the purchase,
retention, or sale of the securities, cash, and other investments contained in
the portfolio.  The Portfolio Manager is required to provide investment research
and conduct a continuous program of evaluation, investment, sales, and
reinvestment of the Global Account's assets.  The Portfolio Management Agreement
may be terminated without penalty by the vote of the Board of Governors or the
contract owners of the Global Account, by the Portfolio Manager, or by the
Manager, on 60 days' written notice by any party to the Portfolio Management
Agreement and will terminate automatically if assigned as that term is described
in the 1940 Act.

Pursuant to the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Global Account pays the
Portfolio Manager a monthly fee equal to an annual rate based upon the following
percentages of the Global Account's average daily net assets:  0.60% of the
first $500 million and 0.50% of the amount over $500 million.

                    CUSTODIAN AND PORTFOLIO ACCOUNTING AGENT

The Custodian for Account D is Bankers Trust Company, 280 Park Avenue, New York,
New York  10017.  DSI provides portfolio accounting services for the Global
Account.

                      PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

INVESTMENT DECISIONS
Investment decisions for the Global Account are made by the Portfolio Manager
which has investment advisory clients other than the Global Account.  A
particular security may be bought or sold by the Portfolio Manager for certain
clients even though it could have been bought or sold for other clients at the
same time.  Two or more clients also may simultaneously purchase or sell the
same security, in which event each day's transactions in such security are,
insofar as possible, allocated between such clients in a manner deemed fair and
reasonable by the Portfolio Manager.  Although there is no specified formula for
allocating such transactions, the various allocation methods used by the
Portfolio Manager, and the results of such allocations, are subject to periodic
review by Account D's Manager and Board of Governors.  There may be
circumstances when purchases or sales of securities for one or more clients will
have an adverse effect on other clients.

BROKERAGE AND RESEARCH SERVICES
The Portfolio Manager places all orders for the purchase and sale of securities,
options, and futures contracts for the Global Account through a substantial
number of brokers and dealers or futures commission merchants.  In executing
transactions, the Portfolio Manager will attempt to obtain the best execution
for the Global Account taking into account such factors as price (including the
applicable brokerage commission or dollar spread), size of order, the nature of
the market for the security, the timing of the transaction, the reputation,
experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved, the quality of
the service, the difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firms
involved, and the firm's risk in positioning a block of securities.  In
transactions on stock exchanges in the United States, payments of brokerage
commissions are negotiated.  In effecting purchases and sales of securities in
transactions on U.S. stock exchanges for the Global Account, the Portfolio
Manager may pay higher commission rates than the lowest available when the
Portfolio Manager believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of
the brokerage and research services provided by the broker effecting the
transaction, as described below.  In the case of securities traded

                                     22
<PAGE>


on some foreign stock exchanges, brokerage commissions may be fixed and the
Portfolio Manager may be unable to negotiate commission rates for these
transactions.  In the case of securities traded on the over-the-counter markets,
there is generally no stated commission, but the price includes an undisclosed
commission or markup.

There is generally no stated commission in the case of fixed-income securities,
which are generally traded in the over-the-counter markets, but the price paid
by the Global Account usually includes an undisclosed dealer commission or mark-
up.  In underwritten offerings, the price paid by the Global Account includes a
disclosed, fixed commission or discount retained by the underwriter or dealer.
Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges and other agency transactions involve the
payment by the Global Account of negotiated brokerage commission.  Such
commissions vary among different brokers.  Also, a particular broker may charge
different commissions according to such factors as the difficulty and size of
the transaction.

It has for many years been a common practice in the investment advisory business
for advisors of investment companies and other institutional investors to
receive research services from broker-dealers which execute portfolio
transactions for the clients of such advisors.  Consistent with this practice,
the Portfolio Manager for the Global Account may receive research services from
many broker-dealers with which the Portfolio Manager places the Global Account's
portfolio transactions.  These services, which in some cases may also be
purchased for cash, include such matters as general economic and security market
reviews, industry and company reviews, evaluations of securities and
recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities.  Some of these
services may be of value to the Portfolio Manager and its affiliates in advising
its various clients (including the Global Account), although not all of these
services are necessarily useful and of value in managing the Global Account.
The advisory fee paid by the Global Account to the Portfolio Manager is not
reduced because the Portfolio Manager and its affiliates receive such services.

As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Portfolio Manager may cause the Global Account to pay a broker-dealer, which
provides "brokerage and research services" (as defined in the 1934 Act) to the
Portfolio Manager, a disclosed commission for effecting a securities transaction
for the Global Account in excess of the commission which another broker-dealer
would have charged for effecting that transaction.

A Portfolio Manager may place orders for the purchase and sale of exchange-
listed portfolio securities with a broker-dealer that is an affiliate of the
Portfolio Manager where, in the judgment of the Portfolio Manager, such firm
will be able to obtain a price and execution at least as favorable as other
qualified brokers.  Counsellors Securities Inc. is a registered broker-dealer
and is an affiliate of the Portfolio Manager.

Pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, a broker-dealer
that is an affiliate of the Manager or Portfolio Manager or, if it is also a
broker-dealer, the Portfolio Manager may receive and retain compensation for
effecting portfolio transactions for the Global Account on a national securities
exchange of which the broker-dealer is a member if the transaction is "executed"
on the floor of the exchange by another broker which is not an "associated
person" of the affiliated broker-dealer or Portfolio Manager, and if there is in
effect a written contract between the Portfolio Manager and the Global Account
expressly permitting the affiliated broker-dealer or Portfolio Manager to
receive and retain such compensation.  The Portfolio Management Agreement
provides that the Portfolio Manager may retain compensation on transactions
effected for the Global Account in accordance with the terms of these rules.

                                     23
<PAGE>


Securities and Exchange Commission rules further require that commissions paid
to such an affiliated broker-dealer or Portfolio Manager by the Global Account
on exchange transactions not exceed "usual and customary brokerage commission."
The rules define "usual and customary" commissions to include amounts which are
"reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration
received or to be received by other brokers in connection with comparable
transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a
securities exchange during a comparable period of time."  The Board of Governors
has adopted procedures for evaluating the reasonableness of commissions paid to
broker-dealers that are affiliated with the Portfolio Manager and will review
these procedures periodically.


                   PURCHASE AND PRICING OF THE GLOBAL ACCOUNT

The valuation of the Global Account's assets is determined once each business
day, Monday through Friday, exclusive of Federal holidays, at 4:00 p.m., New
York City time, on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for
trading.  In general, valuation of the Global Account's assets is based on
actual or estimated market value, with special provisions for assets not having
readily available market quotations and short-term debt securities.  The value
of the Global Account will fluctuate in response to changes in market conditions
and other factors.

Portfolio securities for which market quotations are readily available are
stated at market value.  Market value is determined on the basis of last
reported sales price, or, if no sales are reported, the mean between
representative bid and asked quotations obtained from a quotation reporting
system or from established market makers. In other cases, securities are valued
at their fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Governors,
although the actual calculations will be made by persons acting under the
direction of the Board of Governors and subject to the Board of Governor's
review.

Money market instruments are valued at market value, except that instruments
maturing in sixty days or less may be valued using the amortized cost method of
valuation.  The value of a foreign security is determined in its national
currency based upon the price on the pertinent foreign exchange as of its close
of business immediately preceding the time of valuation.  Securities traded in
over-the-counter markets outside the United States are valued at the last
available price in the over-the-counter market prior to the time of valuation.

Other debt securities, including those to be purchased under firm commitment
agreements (other than obligations having a maturity date sixty days or less
after their date of acquisition, valued under the amortized cost method), are
normally valued on the basis of quotes obtained from brokers and dealers or
pricing services, which take into account appropriate factors such as
institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality,
coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics, and other market
data.  Debt obligations having a maturity of sixty days or less may be valued at
amortized cost, unless the Portfolio Manager believes that amortized cost does
not approximate market value.

When the Global Account writes a put or call option, the amount of the premium
is included in the Global Account's assets and an equal amount is included in
its liabilities.  The liability thereafter is adjusted to the current market
value of the option.  The premium paid for an option purchased by the Global
Account is recorded as an asset and subsequently adjusted to market value.

                                     24
<PAGE>


                   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

The audited financial statements of Separate Account B are listed below and are
included in this Statement of Additional Information:

           Report of Independent Auditors
           Financial Statements -- Audited
              Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 1994
              Combined Statement of Operations for the Year ended December 31,
              1994
              Combined Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Years ended
              December 31, 1994 and 1993
           Notes to Audited Financial Statements

                            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
                THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

The audited financial statements of The Managed Global Account of Separate
Account D are listed below and are included in this Statement of Additional
Information:

           Report of Independent Auditors
           Financial Statements -- Audited
              Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 1994
              Statement of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 1994
              Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Years ended December
              31, 1994 and 1993
              Statement of Investments as of December 31, 1994
           Notes to Audited Financial Statements

                                     25
<PAGE>


Appendix:  Description of Bond Ratings

        Excerpts from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's) description
        of its bond ratings:

        Aaa:  Judged to be the best quality; they carry the smallest degree of
        investment risk.

        Aa:   Judged to be of high quality by all standards; together with the
        Aaa group, they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds.

        A:    Possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be
        considered as "upper medium grade obligations."

        Baa:  Considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither
        highly protected nor poorly secured; interest payments and principal
        security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements
        may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great
        length of time.

        Ba:   Judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be
        considered as well assured.

        B:    Generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment.

        Caa:  Are of poor standing; such issues may be in default or there may
        be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

        Ca:   Speculative in a high degree; often in default.

        C:    Lowest rate class of bonds; regarded as having extremely poor
        prospects.

Moody's also applies numerical indicators 1, 2 and 3 to rating categories.  The
modifier 1 indicates that the security is in the higher end of its rating
category; 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and 3 indicates a ranking toward the
lower end of the category.

        Excerpts from Standard & Poor's Corporation ("Standard & Poor's")
        description of its bond ratings:

        AAA:  Highest grade obligations; capacity to pay interest and repay
        principal is extremely strong.

        AA:   Also qualify as high grade obligations; a very strong capacity to
        pay interest and repay principal and differs from AAA issues only in
        small degree.

        A:    Regarded as upper medium grade; they have a strong capacity to pay
        interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more susceptible to
        the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions
        than debt in higher rated categories.

        BBB:  Regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay
        principal; whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters,
        adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to
        lead to a weakened capacity than in higher rated categories -- this
        group is the lowest which qualifies for commercial bank investment.

        BB, B, CCC, CC:     Predominantly speculative with respect to capacity
        to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with terms of the
        obligation:  BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CC the
        highest.

Standard & Poor's applies indicators "+," no character, and "-" to its rating
categories.  The indicators show relative standing within the major rating
categories.


<PAGE>




                                     PART C

                               OTHER INFORMATION


<PAGE>

ITEM 28:  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     (a)  All financial statements are included in either the Prospectus or the
     Statement of Additional Information, as indicated therein.

     EXHIBITS

     (b)  (1)  Resolution of the board of directors of Depositor authorizing the
               establishment of the Registrant (1)

          (2)  Rules and Regulations of Separate Account D (2)

          (3)  Custodial Agreement  (5)

          (4)  (a)  Management Agreement (5)
               (b)  Portfolio Management Agreement (5)
               (c)  Expense Reimbursement Agreement (6)

          (5)  (a)  Distribution Agreement between the Depositor and Directed
                    Services, Inc. (5)
               (b)  Dealers Agreement (5)

          (6)  (a)  Individual Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed Annuity
                    Contract (CDSL) *
               (b)  Discretionary Group Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed
                    Annuity Contract (CDSL) *

          (7)  (a)  Individual Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed Annuity
                    Application *
               (b)  Group Deferred Combination Variable and FixedAnnuity
                    Enrollment Form *

          (8)  (a)  (i)    Articles of Incorporation of Golden American Life
                           Insurance Company(3)
                    (ii)   Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Articles of
                           Incorporation of Golden American Life Insurance
                           Company(4)
                    (iii)  Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Articles of
                           Incorporation of MB Variable Life Insurance
                           Company(2)
                    (iv)   Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Articles of
                           Incorporation of Golden American Life Insurance
                           Company (7)
               (b)  (i)    By-Laws of Golden American Life Insurance Company(3)
                    (ii)   By-Laws of MB Variable Life Insurance Company, as
                           amended(4)
                    (iii)  Certificate of Amendment of the By-Laws of MB
                           Variable Life Insurance Company, as amended(2)
                    (iv)   By-Laws of Golden American, as amended (7)
               (c)  Resolution of Board of Directors for Powers of Attorney *
               (d)  Powers of Attorney *

          (9)  Not applicable

          (10) Not applicable

          (11) Not applicable
<PAGE>

          (12) (a)  Consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan *
               (b)  Opinion and Consent of Counsel *
               (c)  Consent of Bernard R. Beckerlegge *

          (13) Consent of Ernst & Young *

          (14) Not applicable

          (15) Not applicable

          (16) Not applicable
- - -------------------------------------
(1)  Incorporated herein by reference to an initial registration statement for
     Golden American Life Insurance Company filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on April 20, 1990 (File No. 33-34482).
(2)  Incorporated herein by reference to an initial registration statement for
     Golden American Life Insurance Company filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on August 19, 1992 (File No. 33-51028).
(3)  Incorporated herein by reference to an initial registration statement for
     the Specialty Managers Separate Account B filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on July 27, 1988 (File No. 33-23351).
(4)  Incorporated herein by reference to post-effective amendment No. 5 to a
     registration statement for Separate Account B filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on May 2, 1991 (File No. 33-23351).
(5)  Incorporated herein by reference to pre-effective amendment No. 1 to a
     registration statement for Separate Account D filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on October 9, 1992 (File No. 33-51028).
(6)  Incorporated herein by reference to post-effective amendment No. 2 to a
     registration statement for Separate Account D filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on May 3, 1993 (File No. 33-51028).
(7)  Incorporated herein by reference to post-effective amendment No. 16 to the
     registration statement for Separate Account B filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on May 2, 1994 (File No. 33-23351).

ITEM 29:  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Principal                              Position(s)
                 Name                               Business Address                         with Depositor
                 ----                               ----------------                         --------------
          <S>                                 <C>                                   <C>

          Terry L. Kendall                    Golden American Life Ins. Co.              Chairman, President and
                                                  1001 Jefferson Street                  Chief Executive Officer
                                                  Wilmington, DE  19801

          Richard A. Marin                        Bankers Trust Company                         Director
                                                   Retirement Services
                                                     280 Park Avenue
                                                   New York, NY  10017

          John Herron, Jr.                        Bankers Trust Company                         Director
                                                       BT Ventures
                                                     280 Park Avenue
                                                   New York, NY  10017

<PAGE>

ITEM 29   (CONT'D)

<CAPTION>

                                                        Principal                              Position(s)
                 Name                               Business Address                         with Depositor
                 ----                               ----------------                         --------------
          <S>                                 <C>                                   <C>

          Bernard R. Beckerlegge              Golden American Life Ins. Co.                General Counsel and
                                             1001 Jefferson Street                                Secretary
                                                  Wilmington, DE  19801

          Barnett Chernow                     Golden American Life Ins. Co.             Executive Vice President
                                                  1001 Jefferson Street              and Principal Financial Officer
                                                  Wilmington, DE  19801

          Mitchell R. Katcher                 Golden American Life Ins. Co.             Executive Vice President
                                                  1001 Jefferson Street
                                                  Wilmington, DE  19801

          Stephen J. Preston                  Golden American Life Ins. Co.               Senior Vice President
                                                  1001 Jefferson Street                      and Comptroller
                                                  Wilmington, DE  19801

          Elizabeth J. Crandall, M.D.         American International Group                  Medical Director
                                                     70 Pine Street
                                                   New York, NY  10270

</TABLE>



ITEM 30:  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR
          REGISTRANT

The Depositor does not directly or indirectly control any person.

The following persons control or are under common control with the Depositor.

     BT VARIABLE, INC. ("BTV") - This corporation is a general business
     corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York.  The primary
     purpose of BTV is to serve in an advisory, managerial and consultative
     capacity to the Depositor and to engage generally in the business of
     providing, promoting and establishing systems, methods and controls for
     managerial efficiency and operation for such company, as well as others.
     BT Variable, Inc. is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust
     Company.

     DIRECTED SERVICES, INC. ("DSI") - This corporation is a general business
     corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York, and is
     wholly owned by BTV.  The primary purpose of DSI is to act as a broker-
     dealer in securities.  It acts as the principal underwriter and distributor
     of variable insurance products including variable annuities as required by
     the SEC.  The Contract is issued by the Depositor.  DSI also has the power
     to carry on a general financial, securities, distribution, advisory or
     investment advisory business; to act as a general agent or broker for
     insurance companies and to render advisory, managerial, research and
     consulting services for maintaining and improving managerial efficiency and
     operation.  DSI is also registered with the SEC as an investment adviser.

<PAGE>

As of December 31, 1994, Bankers Trust New York Corporation subsidiaries are as
follows:

                         Bankers Trust Company
                         Bankers Trust (Delaware)
                         Bankers Trust Company of Florida, N.A.
                         Bankers Trust Company New Jersey Limited
                         Bankers Trust Company International
                         Bankers Trust International Private Banking Corporation
                         BT Brokerage Corporation
                         BT Capital Corporation
                         BT Commercial Corporation
                         BT Equipment Leasing, Inc.
                         BT Futures Corp.
                         BT Holdings (New York), Inc.
                         BT Securities Corporation
                         BT Private Clients Corporation
                         Bankers International Corporation
                         BT Financial Services Information Systems Corporation
                         BT International Trading Corporation
                         BT Investment Managers Inc.
                         Private Clients Group, Inc.


ITEM 31:  NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS

5,580 as of December 31, 1994.

ITEM 32:  INDEMNIFICATION

Golden American shall indemnify (including therein the prepayment of expenses)
any person who is or was a director, officer or employee, or who is or was
serving at the request of Golden American as a director, officer or employee of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise for
expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him with respect to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceedings against him by
reason of the fact that he is or was such a director, officer or employee to the
extent and in the manner permitted by law.

Golden American may also, to the extent permitted by law, indemnify any other
person who is or was serving Golden American in any capacity.  The Board of
Directors shall have the power and authority to determine who may be indemnified
under this paragraph and to what extent (not to exceed the extent provided in
the above paragraph) any such person may be indemnified.

Golden American may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any such person
or persons to be indemnified under the provision in the above paragraphs,
against any such liability to the extent permitted by law.
<PAGE>

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant, as provided above or otherwise, the Registrant has
been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification by the
Depositor is against public policy, as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933,
and therefore may be unenforceable.  In the event that a claim of such
indemnification (except insofar as it provides for the payment by the Depositor
of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted against the
Depositor by such director, officer or controlling person and the SEC is still
of the same opinion, the Depositor or Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a
court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification
by the Depositor is against public policy as expressed by the Securities Act of
1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 33:  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

For information regarding Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc., reference is made
to Form ADV of Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc., which is incorporated herein
by reference.

ITEM 34:  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

(a)  At present, Directed Services, Inc., the Registrant's Distributor, also
     serves as principal underwriter for all contracts issued by Golden
     American.  DSI is the principal underwriter for Separate Account A,
     Separate Account B and Alger Separate Account A of Golden American.

(b)  The following information is furnished with respect to the principal
     officers and directors of Directed Services, Inc., the Registrant's
     Distributor:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                Name and Principal                Positions and Offices                   Positions and Offices
                 Business Address                   with Underwriter                         with Registrant
                ------------------                --------------------                    ---------------------
          <S>                                 <C>                                   <C>

                 Terry L. Kendall                     Chairman and                      Chairman and President of
              Directed Services, Inc.            Chief Executive Officer                   Board of Governors
                  280 Park Avenue
                New York, NY  10017

                 Robert B. Langel                       President                                 None
              Directed Services, Inc.
                  280 Park Avenue
                New York, NY  10017

                 Richard A. Marin                       Director                                  None
               Bankers Trust Company
                Retirement Services
                  280 Park Avenue
                New York, NY  10017

                 John Herron, Jr.                       Director                                  None
               Bankers Trust Company
                    BT Ventures
                  280 Park Avenue
                New York, NY  10017

              Bernard R. Beckerlegge                 General Counsel                            Secretary
              Directed Services, Inc.                 and Secretary
                  280 Park Avenue
                New York, NY  10017

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

ITEM 34   (CONT'D)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                Name and Principal                Positions and Offices                   Positions and Offices
                 Business Address                   with Underwriter                         with Registrant
                ------------------                --------------------                    ---------------------
          <S>                                 <C>                                   <C>

                  Barnett Chernow               Executive Vice President               Principal Financial Officer
              Directed Services, Inc.
                  280 Park Avenue
                New York, NY  10017

                Mitchell R. Katcher             Executive Vice President                          None
              Directed Services, Inc.
                  280 Park Avenue
                New York, NY  10017

                Stephen J. Preston                Senior Vice President                        Comptroller
              Directed Services, Inc.
                  280 Park Avenue
                New York, NY 10017

<CAPTION>

                                         1994 Net
                      Name of          Underwriting        Compensation
                     Principal         Discounts and            on               Brokerage
                    Underwriter         Commissions         Redemption          Commissions        Compensation
                    -----------        -------------       ------------         -----------        ------------
                    <S>                <C>                 <C>                  <C>                <C>

                        DSI             $1,343,000              $0                  $0                  $0
</TABLE>


ITEM 35:  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

Accounts and records are maintained by BT Variable, Inc., 280 Park Avenue, 14
West, New York, New York 10017 and Golden American Life Insurance Company, 1001
Jefferson Street, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19801.

ITEM 36:  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

None.

ITEM 37:  UNDERTAKINGS

(a)  Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment, using
     financial statements that need not be certified, within four to six months
     from the latter of the effective date of Registrant's Registration
     Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 or the date on which Registrant
     first issues securities (other than those issued for seed money);

(b)  Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to this
     registration statement as frequently as it is necessary to ensure that the
     audited financial statements in the registration statement are never more
     than 16 months old so long as payments under the variable annuity contracts
     may be accepted;

(c)  Registrant hereby undertakes to include either (1) as part of any
     application to purchase a contract offered by the prospectus, a space that
     an applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or
     (2) a post card or similar written communication affixed to or included in
     the prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of
     Additional Information; and,
<PAGE>

(d)  Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver any Statement of Additional
     Information and any financial statements required to be made available
     under this Form promptly upon written or oral request.

REPRESENTATION

Registrant makes the following representation -- Account D meets the definition
of a "separate account" under the federal securities laws.
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of
1940, the Registrant has caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf in the City of New York and State of New York, on the 10th day of May,
1995.

                                                  SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                   (Registrant)

                                             By:  GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE
                                                  INSURANCE COMPANY
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                  (Depositor)

                                             By:  /s/ Terry L. Kendall
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                  Terry L. Kendall*
                                                  Chairman, President and
                                                  Cheif Executive Officer
Attest:   /s/ Bernard R. Beckerlegge
          --------------------------
          Bernard R. Beckerlegge
          General Counsel
          and Secretary of Depositor

          As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement
has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date
indicated.

Signature                          Title                         Date
- - ---------                          -----                         ----

/s/ Terry L. Kendall               Chairman, President and       May 10, 1995
- - ------------------------------     Cheif Executive Officer
Terry L. Kendall*                  of Depositor

/s/ Barnett Chernow                Principal Financial Officer   May 10, 1995
- - ------------------------------
Barnett Chernow*

/s/ Stephen J. Preston             Comptroller                   May 10, 1995
- - ------------------------------
Stephen J. Preston*

/s/ John Herron, Jr.               Director of Depositor         May 10, 1995
- - ------------------------------
John Herron, Jr.*

/s/ Richard A. Marin               Director of Depositor         May 10, 1995
- - ------------------------------
Richard A. Marin*

By: /s/ Bernard R. Beckerlegge     Attorney-in-Fact              May 10, 1995
   ---------------------------
Bernard R. Beckerlegge

- - -------------------
     *    Executed by Bernard R. Beckerlegge on behalf of those indicated
          pursuant to Power of Attorney.




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission